PR gas/14201
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
... / ...
CommitLineData
1/* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20#include "defs.h"
21#include "arch-utils.h"
22#include <ctype.h>
23#include "hashtab.h"
24#include "symtab.h"
25#include "frame.h"
26#include "breakpoint.h"
27#include "tracepoint.h"
28#include "gdbtypes.h"
29#include "expression.h"
30#include "gdbcore.h"
31#include "gdbcmd.h"
32#include "value.h"
33#include "command.h"
34#include "inferior.h"
35#include "gdbthread.h"
36#include "target.h"
37#include "language.h"
38#include "gdb_string.h"
39#include "gdb-demangle.h"
40#include "filenames.h"
41#include "annotate.h"
42#include "symfile.h"
43#include "objfiles.h"
44#include "source.h"
45#include "linespec.h"
46#include "completer.h"
47#include "gdb.h"
48#include "ui-out.h"
49#include "cli/cli-script.h"
50#include "gdb_assert.h"
51#include "block.h"
52#include "solib.h"
53#include "solist.h"
54#include "observer.h"
55#include "exceptions.h"
56#include "memattr.h"
57#include "ada-lang.h"
58#include "top.h"
59#include "valprint.h"
60#include "jit.h"
61#include "xml-syscall.h"
62#include "parser-defs.h"
63#include "gdb_regex.h"
64#include "probe.h"
65#include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66#include "continuations.h"
67#include "stack.h"
68#include "skip.h"
69#include "gdb_regex.h"
70#include "ax-gdb.h"
71
72/* readline include files */
73#include "readline/readline.h"
74#include "readline/history.h"
75
76/* readline defines this. */
77#undef savestring
78
79#include "mi/mi-common.h"
80#include "python/python.h"
81
82/* Prototypes for local functions. */
83
84static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
85
86static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
87
88static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
89
90static void disable_command (char *, int);
91
92static void enable_command (char *, int);
93
94static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
95 void *),
96 void *);
97
98static void ignore_command (char *, int);
99
100static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
101
102static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
103
104static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
105 struct linespec_result *,
106 enum bptype, char *,
107 char **);
108
109static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
110 struct linespec_result *,
111 struct linespec_sals *,
112 char *, char *, enum bptype,
113 enum bpdisp, int, int,
114 int,
115 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
116 int, int, int, unsigned);
117
118static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
119 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
120
121static void clear_command (char *, int);
122
123static void catch_command (char *, int);
124
125static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
126
127static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
128
129static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
130
131static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
132 enum bptype,
133 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
134static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
135 const struct symtab_and_line *);
136
137/* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
138 static. */
139struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
140 struct symtab_and_line,
141 enum bptype,
142 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
143
144static struct breakpoint *
145 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
146 enum bptype type,
147 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
148
149static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
150
151static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
152 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
153 enum bptype bptype);
154
155static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
156 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
157 struct obj_section *, int);
158
159static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
160 CORE_ADDR addr1,
161 struct address_space *aspace2,
162 CORE_ADDR addr2);
163
164static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
165 struct bp_location *loc2);
166
167static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
168 struct address_space *aspace,
169 CORE_ADDR addr);
170
171static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
172
173static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
174
175static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
176 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
177
178static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
179
180static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
181
182static void commands_command (char *, int);
183
184static void condition_command (char *, int);
185
186typedef enum
187 {
188 mark_inserted,
189 mark_uninserted
190 }
191insertion_state_t;
192
193static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
194static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
195
196static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
197
198static int watchpoint_check (void *);
199
200static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
201
202static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
203
204static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
205
206static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
207 enum bptype type,
208 int *other_type_used);
209
210static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
211
212static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
213
214static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
215 int count);
216
217static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
218
219static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
220
221static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
222
223static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
224
225static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
226 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
227
228static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
229
230static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
231
232static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
233 CORE_ADDR pc);
234
235static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
236static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
237static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
238
239static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
240
241static void update_global_location_list (int);
242
243static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
244
245static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
246
247static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
248
249static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
250
251static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
252
253static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
254
255static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
256
257static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
258
259static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
260
261static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
262
263static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
264
265/* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
266 otherwise. */
267
268static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
269
270static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
271 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
272 char *cond_string,
273 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
274
275/* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
276 from. */
277static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
278
279/* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
280 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
281 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
282static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
283
284/* Internal breakpoints class type. */
285static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
286
287/* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
288static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
289
290/* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
291 breakpoints. */
292struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
293
294/* Breakpoints set on probes. */
295static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
296
297/* Dynamic printf class type. */
298static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
299
300/* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
301 breakpoints share a single command list. */
302struct counted_command_line
303{
304 /* The reference count. */
305 int refc;
306
307 /* The command list. */
308 struct command_line *commands;
309};
310
311struct command_line *
312breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
313{
314 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
315}
316
317/* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
318 current breakpoint. */
319
320static int breakpoint_proceeded;
321
322const char *
323bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
324{
325 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
326 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
327 a breakpoint. */
328 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
329
330 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
331}
332
333/* Prototypes for exported functions. */
334/* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
335 if such is available. */
336static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
337
338static void
339show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
340 struct cmd_list_element *c,
341 const char *value)
342{
343 fprintf_filtered (file,
344 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
345 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
346 value);
347}
348
349/* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
350 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
351 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
352 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
353static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
354static void
355show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
356 struct cmd_list_element *c,
357 const char *value)
358{
359 fprintf_filtered (file,
360 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
361 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
362 value);
363}
364
365/* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
366 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
367 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
368 use hardware breakpoints. */
369static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
370static void
371show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
372 struct cmd_list_element *c,
373 const char *value)
374{
375 fprintf_filtered (file,
376 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
377 value);
378}
379
380/* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
381 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
382 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
383 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
384 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
385
386static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
387static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
388static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
389static const char *const always_inserted_enums[] = {
390 always_inserted_auto,
391 always_inserted_off,
392 always_inserted_on,
393 NULL
394};
395static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
396static void
397show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
398 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
399{
400 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
401 fprintf_filtered (file,
402 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
403 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
404 value,
405 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
406 else
407 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
408 value);
409}
410
411int
412breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
413{
414 return (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
415 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop));
416}
417
418static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
419
420/* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
421static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
422static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
423static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
424static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
425 condition_evaluation_auto,
426 condition_evaluation_host,
427 condition_evaluation_target,
428 NULL
429};
430
431/* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
432static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
433
434/* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
435 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
436static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
437
438/* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
439 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
440 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
441 evaluation mode. */
442
443static const char *
444translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
445{
446 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
447 {
448 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
449 return condition_evaluation_target;
450 else
451 return condition_evaluation_host;
452 }
453 else
454 return mode;
455}
456
457/* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
458
459static const char *
460breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
461{
462 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
463}
464
465/* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
466 otherwise. */
467
468static int
469gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
470{
471 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
472
473 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
474}
475
476void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
477
478/* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
479static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
480
481/* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
482static int overlay_events_enabled;
483
484/* See description in breakpoint.h. */
485int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
486
487/* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
488 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
489 current breakpoint. */
490
491#define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
492
493#define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
494 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
495 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
496 B = TMP)
497
498/* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
499 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
500 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
501
502#define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
503 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
504 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
505 BP_TMP++)
506
507/* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
508 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
509 to where the loop should start from.
510 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
511 appropriate location to start with. */
512
513#define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
514 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
515 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
516 BP_LOCP_START \
517 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
518 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
519 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
520
521/* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
522
523#define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
524 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
525 if (is_tracepoint (B))
526
527/* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
528
529struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
530
531/* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
532
533static struct bp_location **bp_location;
534
535/* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
536
537static unsigned bp_location_count;
538
539/* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
540 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
541 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
542 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
543 an address you need to read. */
544
545static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
546
547/* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
548 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
549 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
550 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
551 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
552
553static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
554
555/* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
556 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
557 by a target. */
558VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
559
560/* Number of last breakpoint made. */
561
562static int breakpoint_count;
563
564/* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
565 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
566 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
567 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
568static int prev_breakpoint_count;
569
570/* Number of last tracepoint made. */
571
572static int tracepoint_count;
573
574static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
575static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
576struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
577
578/* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
579static int
580breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
581{
582 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
583}
584
585/* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
586
587static void
588set_breakpoint_count (int num)
589{
590 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
591 breakpoint_count = num;
592 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
593}
594
595/* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
596 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
597static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
598
599/* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
600 breakpoint made. */
601
602void
603start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
604{
605 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
606}
607
608/* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
609 breakpoint made. */
610
611void
612end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
613{
614 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
615}
616
617/* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
618
619void
620clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
621{
622 struct breakpoint *b;
623
624 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
625 b->hit_count = 0;
626}
627
628/* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
629 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
630
631static struct counted_command_line *
632alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
633{
634 struct counted_command_line *result
635 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
636
637 result->refc = 1;
638 result->commands = commands;
639 return result;
640}
641
642/* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
643
644static void
645incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
646{
647 if (cmd)
648 ++cmd->refc;
649}
650
651/* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
652 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
653 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
654
655static void
656decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
657{
658 if (*cmdp)
659 {
660 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
661 {
662 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
663 xfree (*cmdp);
664 }
665 *cmdp = NULL;
666 }
667}
668
669/* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
670
671static void
672do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
673{
674 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
675}
676
677/* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
678 argument. */
679
680static struct cleanup *
681make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
682{
683 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
684}
685
686\f
687/* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
688 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
689
690struct breakpoint *
691get_breakpoint (int num)
692{
693 struct breakpoint *b;
694
695 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
696 if (b->number == num)
697 return b;
698
699 return NULL;
700}
701
702\f
703
704/* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
705 evaluating conditions on its side. */
706
707static void
708mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
709{
710 struct bp_location *loc;
711
712 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
713 evaluating conditions and if the user has
714 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
715 side. */
716 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
717 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
718 return;
719
720 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
721 return;
722
723 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
724 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
725}
726
727/* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
728 evaluating conditions on its side. */
729
730static void
731mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
732{
733 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
734 evaluating conditions and if the user has
735 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
736 side. */
737 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
738 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
739
740 return;
741
742 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
743 return;
744
745 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
746}
747
748/* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
749 condition_evaluation_mode. */
750
751static void
752set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
753 struct cmd_list_element *c)
754{
755 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
756
757 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
758 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
759 {
760 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
761 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
762 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
763 return;
764 }
765
766 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
767 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
768
769 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
770 settings was "auto". */
771 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
772
773 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
774 if (new_mode != old_mode)
775 {
776 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
777 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
778 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
779
780 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
781 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
782 */
783
784 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
785 {
786 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
787 target. */
788 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
789 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
790 }
791 else
792 {
793 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
794 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
795 target knows about. */
796 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
797 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
798 loc->needs_update = 1;
799 }
800
801 /* Do the update. */
802 update_global_location_list (1);
803 }
804
805 return;
806}
807
808/* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
809 what "auto" is translating to. */
810
811static void
812show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
813 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
814{
815 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
816 fprintf_filtered (file,
817 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
818 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
819 value,
820 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
821 else
822 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
823 value);
824}
825
826/* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
827 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
828 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
829
830static int
831bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
832{
833 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
834 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
835
836 if (a->address == b->address)
837 return 0;
838 else
839 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
840}
841
842/* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
843 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
844 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
845 return NULL. */
846
847static struct bp_location **
848get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
849{
850 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
851 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
852 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
853
854 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
855 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
856 dummy_loc.address = address;
857
858 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
859 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
860 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
861 bp_location_compare_addrs);
862
863 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
864 if (locp_found == NULL)
865 return NULL;
866
867 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
868 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
869 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
870 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
871 locp_found--;
872
873 return locp_found;
874}
875
876void
877set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
878 int from_tty)
879{
880 xfree (b->cond_string);
881 b->cond_string = NULL;
882
883 if (is_watchpoint (b))
884 {
885 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
886
887 xfree (w->cond_exp);
888 w->cond_exp = NULL;
889 }
890 else
891 {
892 struct bp_location *loc;
893
894 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
895 {
896 xfree (loc->cond);
897 loc->cond = NULL;
898
899 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
900 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
901 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
902 }
903 }
904
905 if (*exp == 0)
906 {
907 if (from_tty)
908 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
909 }
910 else
911 {
912 char *arg = exp;
913
914 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
915 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
916 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
917 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
918
919 if (is_watchpoint (b))
920 {
921 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
922
923 innermost_block = NULL;
924 arg = exp;
925 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
926 if (*arg)
927 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
928 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
929 }
930 else
931 {
932 struct bp_location *loc;
933
934 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
935 {
936 arg = exp;
937 loc->cond =
938 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
939 if (*arg)
940 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
941 }
942 }
943 }
944 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
945
946 breakpoints_changed ();
947 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
948}
949
950/* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
951
952static void
953condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
954{
955 struct breakpoint *b;
956 char *p;
957 int bnum;
958
959 if (arg == 0)
960 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
961
962 p = arg;
963 bnum = get_number (&p);
964 if (bnum == 0)
965 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
966
967 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
968 if (b->number == bnum)
969 {
970 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
971 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
972 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
973 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
974 if (b->py_bp_object
975 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
976 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
977 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
978 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
979
980 if (is_breakpoint (b))
981 update_global_location_list (1);
982
983 return;
984 }
985
986 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
987}
988
989/* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
990 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
991 Throw if any such commands is found. */
992
993static void
994check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
995{
996 struct command_line *c;
997
998 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
999 {
1000 int i;
1001
1002 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1003 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1004 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1005
1006 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1007 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1008
1009 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1010 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1011 command directly. */
1012 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1013 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1014
1015 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1016 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1017 }
1018}
1019
1020/* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1021
1022static int
1023is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1024{
1025 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1026 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1027 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1028}
1029
1030int
1031is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1032{
1033 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1034}
1035
1036/* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1037 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1038 found. */
1039
1040static void
1041validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1042 struct command_line *commands)
1043{
1044 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1045 {
1046 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1047 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1048 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1049 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1050 struct command_line *c;
1051 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1052 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1053 {
1054 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1055 {
1056 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1057 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1058 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1059 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1060 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1061 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1062
1063 if (while_stepping)
1064 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1065 "can be used only once"));
1066 else
1067 while_stepping = c;
1068 }
1069 }
1070 if (while_stepping)
1071 {
1072 struct command_line *c2;
1073
1074 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1075 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1076 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1077 {
1078 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1079 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1080 }
1081 }
1082 }
1083 else
1084 {
1085 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1086 }
1087}
1088
1089/* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1090 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1091
1092VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1093static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1094{
1095 struct breakpoint *b;
1096 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1097 struct bp_location *loc;
1098
1099 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1100 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1101 {
1102 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1103 if (loc->address == addr)
1104 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1105 }
1106
1107 return found;
1108}
1109
1110/* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1111 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1112
1113void
1114breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1115 struct command_line *commands)
1116{
1117 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1118
1119 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1120 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1121 breakpoints_changed ();
1122 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1123}
1124
1125/* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1126 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1127 commands. */
1128
1129void
1130breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1131{
1132 int old_silent = b->silent;
1133
1134 b->silent = silent;
1135 if (old_silent != silent)
1136 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1137}
1138
1139/* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1140 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1141
1142void
1143breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1144{
1145 int old_thread = b->thread;
1146
1147 b->thread = thread;
1148 if (old_thread != thread)
1149 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1150}
1151
1152/* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1153 breakpoint work for any task. */
1154
1155void
1156breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1157{
1158 int old_task = b->task;
1159
1160 b->task = task;
1161 if (old_task != task)
1162 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1163}
1164
1165void
1166check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1167{
1168 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1169
1170 validate_actionline (&line, b);
1171}
1172
1173/* A structure used to pass information through
1174 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1175
1176struct commands_info
1177{
1178 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1179 int from_tty;
1180
1181 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1182 char *arg;
1183
1184 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1185 already-parsed command. */
1186 struct command_line *control;
1187
1188 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1189 yet been read. */
1190 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1191};
1192
1193/* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1194 commands_command. */
1195
1196static void
1197do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1198{
1199 struct commands_info *info = data;
1200
1201 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1202 {
1203 struct command_line *l;
1204
1205 if (info->control != NULL)
1206 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1207 else
1208 {
1209 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1210 char *str;
1211
1212 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1213 "%s, one per line."),
1214 info->arg);
1215
1216 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1217
1218 l = read_command_lines (str,
1219 info->from_tty, 1,
1220 (is_tracepoint (b)
1221 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1222 b);
1223
1224 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1225 }
1226
1227 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1228 }
1229
1230 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1231 do anything. */
1232 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1233 {
1234 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1235 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1236 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1237 b->commands = info->cmd;
1238 breakpoints_changed ();
1239 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1240 }
1241}
1242
1243static void
1244commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1245 struct command_line *control)
1246{
1247 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1248 struct commands_info info;
1249
1250 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1251 info.control = control;
1252 info.cmd = NULL;
1253 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1254 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1255 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1256
1257 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1258 {
1259 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1260 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1261 breakpoint_count);
1262 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1263 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1264 else
1265 {
1266 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1267 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1268 numbers will fail in this case. */
1269 arg = NULL;
1270 }
1271 }
1272 else
1273 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1274 our argument. */
1275 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1276
1277 if (arg != NULL)
1278 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1279
1280 info.arg = arg;
1281
1282 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1283
1284 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1285 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1286
1287 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1288}
1289
1290static void
1291commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1292{
1293 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1294}
1295
1296/* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1297 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1298
1299 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1300 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1301enum command_control_type
1302commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1303{
1304 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1305 return simple_control;
1306}
1307
1308/* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1309
1310static int
1311bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1312{
1313 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1314 return 0;
1315 if (!bl->inserted)
1316 return 0;
1317 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1318 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1319 return 0;
1320 return 1;
1321}
1322
1323/* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1324 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1325
1326 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1327 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1328 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1329
1330 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1331 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1332 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1333 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1334 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1335 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1336 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1337 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1338 and:
1339 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1340
1341void
1342breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1343 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1344 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1345{
1346 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1347 search. */
1348 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1349
1350 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1351 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1352 report higher one. */
1353
1354 bc_l = 0;
1355 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1356 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1357 {
1358 struct bp_location *bl;
1359
1360 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1361 bl = bp_location[bc];
1362
1363 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1364 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1365 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1366 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1367
1368 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1369 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1370 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1371
1372 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1373 >= bl->address)
1374 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1375 <= memaddr))
1376 bc_l = bc;
1377 else
1378 bc_r = bc;
1379 }
1380
1381 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1382 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1383 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1384 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1385 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1386 B:
1387
1388 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1389
1390 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1391 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1392 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1393 and L2. */
1394 while (bc_l > 0
1395 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1396 bc_l--;
1397
1398 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1399
1400 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1401 {
1402 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1403 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1404 int bp_size = 0;
1405 int bptoffset = 0;
1406
1407 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1408 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1409 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1410 bl->owner->number);
1411
1412 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1413 content. */
1414
1415 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1416 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1417 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1418 break;
1419
1420 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1421 continue;
1422 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1423 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1424 continue;
1425
1426 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1427 we need to copy. */
1428 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1429 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1430
1431 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1432 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1433 are reading. */
1434 continue;
1435
1436 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1437 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1438 reading. */
1439 continue;
1440
1441 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1442 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1443 {
1444 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1445 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1446 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1447 bp_addr = memaddr;
1448 }
1449
1450 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1451 {
1452 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1453 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1454 }
1455
1456 if (readbuf != NULL)
1457 {
1458 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1459 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1460 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1461 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1462 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1463
1464 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1465 shadow. */
1466 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1467 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1468 }
1469 else
1470 {
1471 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1472 const unsigned char *bp;
1473 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1474 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1475
1476 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1477 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1478 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1479
1480 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1481 address. */
1482 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1483
1484 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1485 breakpoint's INSN. */
1486 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1487 }
1488 }
1489}
1490\f
1491
1492/* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1493 breakpoint. */
1494
1495int
1496is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1497{
1498 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1499 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1500 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1501}
1502
1503/* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1504
1505static int
1506is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1507{
1508 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1509 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1510 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1511}
1512
1513/* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1514 software. */
1515
1516int
1517is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1518{
1519 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1520 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1521}
1522
1523/* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1524 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1525 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1526 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1527 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1528 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1529 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1530 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1531
1532static int
1533watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1534{
1535 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1536 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1537 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1538 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1539}
1540
1541/* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1542 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1543
1544static void
1545watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1546{
1547 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1548
1549 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1550 {
1551 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1552 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1553 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1554 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1555 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1556 }
1557 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1558}
1559
1560/* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1561 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1562 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1563 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1564 in b->loc->cond.
1565 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1566
1567 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1568 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1569 it.
1570
1571 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1572 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1573 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1574 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1575 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1576 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1577 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1578 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1579
1580 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1581 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1582 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1583 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1584 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1585 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1586 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1587 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1588 not changed.
1589
1590 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1591 hardware watchpoints:
1592
1593 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1594 called several times when GDB stops.
1595
1596 [linux]
1597 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1598 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1599 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1600 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1601 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1602 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1603 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1604 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1605 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1606 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1607 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1608
1609 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1610 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1611
1612static void
1613update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1614{
1615 int within_current_scope;
1616 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1617 int frame_saved;
1618
1619 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1620 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1621 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1622 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1623 return;
1624
1625 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1626 return;
1627
1628 frame_saved = 0;
1629
1630 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1631 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1632 within_current_scope = 1;
1633 else
1634 {
1635 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1636 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1637 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1638
1639 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1640 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1641 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1642 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1643 return;
1644
1645 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1646 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1647 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1648 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1649 selected frame. */
1650 frame_saved = 1;
1651 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1652
1653 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1654 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1655 if (within_current_scope)
1656 select_frame (fi);
1657 }
1658
1659 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1660 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1661 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1662 b->base.loc = NULL;
1663
1664 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1665 {
1666 char *s;
1667
1668 if (b->exp)
1669 {
1670 xfree (b->exp);
1671 b->exp = NULL;
1672 }
1673 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1674 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1675 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1676 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1677 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1678 be completely different objects. */
1679 value_free (b->val);
1680 b->val = NULL;
1681 b->val_valid = 0;
1682
1683 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1684 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1685 locations (re)created below. */
1686 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1687 {
1688 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1689 {
1690 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1691 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1692 }
1693
1694 s = b->base.cond_string;
1695 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1696 }
1697 }
1698
1699 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1700 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1701 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1702 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1703 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1704 if ( !target_has_execution)
1705 {
1706 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1707 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1708 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1709 }
1710 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1711 {
1712 int pc = 0;
1713 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1714 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1715
1716 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1717
1718 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1719 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1720 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1721 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1722 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1723 watchpoints. */
1724 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1725 {
1726 b->val = v;
1727 b->val_valid = 1;
1728 }
1729
1730 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1731
1732 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1733 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1734 {
1735 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1736 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1737 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1738 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1739 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1740 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1741 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1742 {
1743 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1744
1745 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1746 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1747 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1748 if (v == result
1749 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1750 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1751 {
1752 CORE_ADDR addr;
1753 int len, type;
1754 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1755
1756 addr = value_address (v);
1757 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1758 type = hw_write;
1759 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1760 type = hw_read;
1761 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1762 type = hw_access;
1763
1764 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1765 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1766 ;
1767 *tmp = loc;
1768 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1769
1770 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1771 loc->address = addr;
1772 loc->length = len;
1773 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1774 }
1775 }
1776 }
1777
1778 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1779 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1780 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1781 is started. */
1782 if (reparse)
1783 {
1784 int reg_cnt;
1785 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1786 struct bp_location *bl;
1787
1788 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1789
1790 if (reg_cnt)
1791 {
1792 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1793 enum bptype type;
1794
1795 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1796 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1797 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1798
1799 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1800 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1801 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1802 this watchpoint in as well. */
1803
1804 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1805 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1806 hardware watchpoint type. */
1807 type = b->base.type;
1808 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1809 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1810
1811 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1812 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1813 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1814 through watch_command), so always account for it
1815 manually. */
1816
1817 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1818 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1819
1820 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1821 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1822
1823 target_resources_ok
1824 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1825 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1826 {
1827 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1828
1829 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1830 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1831 "hardware watchpoint."));
1832 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1833 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1834 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1835
1836 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1837 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1838 }
1839 else
1840 {
1841 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1842 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1843 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1844 nop. */
1845 b->base.type = type;
1846 }
1847 }
1848 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1849 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1850 "read/access watchpoint."));
1851 else
1852 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1853
1854 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1855 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1856 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1857 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1858 }
1859
1860 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1861 {
1862 next = value_next (v);
1863 if (v != b->val)
1864 value_free (v);
1865 }
1866
1867 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1868 above left it without any location set up. But,
1869 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1870 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1871 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1872 {
1873 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1874 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1875 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1876 base->loc->address = -1;
1877 base->loc->length = -1;
1878 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1879 }
1880 }
1881 else if (!within_current_scope)
1882 {
1883 printf_filtered (_("\
1884Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1885in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1886 b->base.number);
1887 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1888 }
1889
1890 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1891 if (frame_saved)
1892 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1893}
1894
1895
1896/* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1897 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1898 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1899 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1900 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1901static int
1902should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1903{
1904 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1905 return 0;
1906
1907 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1908 return 0;
1909
1910 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1911 return 0;
1912
1913 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
1914 return 0;
1915
1916 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1917 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1918 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1919 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1920 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1921 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1922 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1923 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1924 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1925 return 0;
1926
1927 return 1;
1928}
1929
1930/* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
1931 that the location is not duplicated. */
1932
1933static int
1934unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1935{
1936 int result;
1937 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
1938
1939 bl->duplicate = 0;
1940 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
1941 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
1942 return result;
1943}
1944
1945/* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
1946 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
1947 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
1948 any error during parsing. */
1949
1950static struct agent_expr *
1951parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
1952{
1953 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
1954 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
1955 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
1956
1957 if (!cond)
1958 return NULL;
1959
1960 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
1961 that may show up. */
1962 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
1963 {
1964 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
1965 }
1966
1967 if (ex.reason < 0)
1968 {
1969 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
1970 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
1971 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
1972 return NULL;
1973 }
1974
1975 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
1976 return aexpr;
1977}
1978
1979/* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
1980 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
1981 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
1982 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
1983 one of them is true. */
1984
1985static void
1986build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
1987{
1988 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
1989 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
1990 int modified = bl->needs_update;
1991 struct bp_location *loc;
1992
1993 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
1994 evaluating conditions and if the user has
1995 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
1996 side. */
1997 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
1998 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
1999 return;
2000
2001 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2002 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2003 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2004 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2005 response back to GDB. */
2006 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2007 {
2008 loc = (*loc2p);
2009 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2010 {
2011 if (modified)
2012 {
2013 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2014
2015 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2016 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2017 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2018 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2019 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2020 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2021
2022 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2023 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2024 to the target. */
2025 if (aexpr)
2026 continue;
2027 }
2028
2029 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2030 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2031 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2032 {
2033 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2034 break;
2035 }
2036 }
2037 }
2038
2039 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2040 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2041 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2042
2043 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2044 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2045 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2046 {
2047 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2048 {
2049 loc = (*loc2p);
2050 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2051 {
2052 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2053 located. */
2054 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2055 return;
2056
2057 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2058 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2059 }
2060 }
2061 }
2062
2063 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2064 for this location's address. */
2065 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2066 {
2067 loc = (*loc2p);
2068 if (loc->cond
2069 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2070 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2071 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2072 && loc->enabled)
2073 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2074 conditions to the target. */
2075 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2076 loc->cond_bytecode);
2077 }
2078
2079 return;
2080}
2081
2082/* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2083 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2084 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2085 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2086 -1 for failure.
2087
2088 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2089 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2090static int
2091insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2092 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2093 int *disabled_breaks,
2094 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
2095{
2096 int val = 0;
2097
2098 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2099 return 0;
2100
2101 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2102 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2103 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2104 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2105 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2106 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2107 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2108 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2109 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2110 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2111 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2112 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2113
2114 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2115 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2116 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2117 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2118
2119 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2120 {
2121 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2122 /* Reset the condition modification marker. */
2123 bl->needs_update = 0;
2124 }
2125
2126 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2127 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2128 {
2129 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2130 {
2131 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2132 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2133 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2134
2135 Two important cases are:
2136 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2137 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2138 hardware breakpoint.
2139 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2140 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2141 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2142 so we undo.
2143
2144 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2145 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2146 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2147 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2148 gdb. */
2149 struct mem_region *mr
2150 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2151
2152 if (mr)
2153 {
2154 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2155 {
2156 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2157
2158 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2159 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2160 else
2161 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2162
2163 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2164 {
2165 static int said = 0;
2166
2167 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2168 if (!said)
2169 {
2170 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2171 _("Note: automatically using "
2172 "hardware breakpoints for "
2173 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2174 said = 1;
2175 }
2176 }
2177 }
2178 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2179 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2180 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2181 "at readonly address %s"),
2182 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2183 }
2184 }
2185
2186 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2187 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2188 || bl->section == NULL
2189 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2190 {
2191 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2192
2193 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2194 }
2195 else
2196 {
2197 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2198 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2199 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2200 {
2201 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2202 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2203 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2204 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2205 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2206 bl->owner->number);
2207 else
2208 {
2209 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2210 bl->section);
2211 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2212 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2213 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2214 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2215 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2216 if (val != 0)
2217 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2218 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2219 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2220 bl->owner->number);
2221 }
2222 }
2223 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2224 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2225 {
2226 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2227 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2228 }
2229 else
2230 {
2231 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2232 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2233 return 0;
2234 }
2235 }
2236
2237 if (val)
2238 {
2239 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2240 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2241 {
2242 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2243 val = 0;
2244 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2245 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2246 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2247 {
2248 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2249 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2250 bl->owner->number);
2251 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2252 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2253 "library breakpoints:\n");
2254 }
2255 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2256 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2257 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2258 }
2259 else
2260 {
2261 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2262 {
2263 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2264 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2265 "Cannot insert hardware "
2266 "breakpoint %d.\n",
2267 bl->owner->number);
2268 }
2269 else
2270 {
2271 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2272 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2273 bl->owner->number);
2274 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2275 "Error accessing memory address ");
2276 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2277 tmp_error_stream);
2278 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2279 safe_strerror (val));
2280 }
2281
2282 }
2283 }
2284 else
2285 bl->inserted = 1;
2286
2287 return val;
2288 }
2289
2290 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2291 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2292 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2293 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2294 {
2295 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2296 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2297
2298 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2299
2300 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2301 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2302 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2303 {
2304 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2305
2306 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2307 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2308 of this one. */
2309 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2310 if (loc != bl
2311 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2312 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2313 {
2314 bl->duplicate = 1;
2315 bl->inserted = 1;
2316 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2317 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2318 val = 0;
2319 break;
2320 }
2321
2322 if (val == 1)
2323 {
2324 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2325 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2326
2327 if (val)
2328 /* Back to the original value. */
2329 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2330 }
2331 }
2332
2333 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2334 }
2335
2336 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2337 {
2338 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2339 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2340
2341 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2342 if (val)
2343 {
2344 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2345
2346 if (val == 1)
2347 warning (_("\
2348Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2349of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2350 else
2351 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2352 }
2353
2354 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2355
2356 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2357 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2358 so just return success. */
2359 return 0;
2360 }
2361
2362 return 0;
2363}
2364
2365/* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2366 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2367 PSPACE anymore. */
2368
2369void
2370breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2371{
2372 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2373 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2374
2375 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2376 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2377 {
2378 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2379 delete_breakpoint (b);
2380 }
2381
2382 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2383 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2384 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2385 {
2386 struct bp_location *tmp;
2387
2388 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2389 {
2390 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2391 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2392 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2393 else
2394 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2395 if (tmp->next == loc)
2396 {
2397 tmp->next = loc->next;
2398 break;
2399 }
2400 }
2401 }
2402
2403 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2404 removed locations above. */
2405 update_global_location_list (0);
2406}
2407
2408/* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2409 Throws exception on any error.
2410 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2411 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2412void
2413insert_breakpoints (void)
2414{
2415 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2416
2417 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2418 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2419 {
2420 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2421
2422 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2423 }
2424
2425 update_global_location_list (1);
2426
2427 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2428 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2429 now. */
2430 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2431 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2432}
2433
2434/* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2435
2436void
2437iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2438{
2439 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2440
2441 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2442 {
2443 callback (loc, NULL);
2444 }
2445}
2446
2447/* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2448 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2449 always-inserted mode. */
2450
2451static void
2452update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2453{
2454 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2455 int error_flag = 0;
2456 int val = 0;
2457 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2458 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2459
2460 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2461 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2462
2463 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2464 there was an error. */
2465 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2466
2467 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2468
2469 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2470 {
2471 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2472 breakpoints. */
2473 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2474 continue;
2475
2476 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2477 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2478 deletion of breakpoints. */
2479 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2480 continue;
2481
2482 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2483
2484 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2485 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2486 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2487 insert breakpoints. */
2488 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2489 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2490 continue;
2491
2492 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2493 &hw_breakpoint_error);
2494 if (val)
2495 error_flag = val;
2496 }
2497
2498 if (error_flag)
2499 {
2500 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2501 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2502 }
2503
2504 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2505}
2506
2507/* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2508
2509static void
2510insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2511{
2512 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2513 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2514 int error_flag = 0;
2515 int val = 0;
2516 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2517 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2518
2519 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2520 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2521
2522 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2523 there was an error. */
2524 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2525
2526 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2527
2528 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2529 {
2530 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2531 continue;
2532
2533 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2534 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2535 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2536 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2537 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2538 continue;
2539
2540 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2541
2542 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2543 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2544 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2545 insert breakpoints. */
2546 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2547 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2548 continue;
2549
2550 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2551 &hw_breakpoint_error);
2552 if (val)
2553 error_flag = val;
2554 }
2555
2556 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2557 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2558 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2559 {
2560 int some_failed = 0;
2561 struct bp_location *loc;
2562
2563 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2564 continue;
2565
2566 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2567 continue;
2568
2569 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2570 continue;
2571
2572 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2573 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2574 {
2575 some_failed = 1;
2576 break;
2577 }
2578 if (some_failed)
2579 {
2580 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2581 if (loc->inserted)
2582 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2583
2584 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2585 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2586 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2587 bpt->number);
2588 error_flag = -1;
2589 }
2590 }
2591
2592 if (error_flag)
2593 {
2594 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2595 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2596 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
2597 {
2598 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2599 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2600You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2601 }
2602 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2603 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2604 }
2605
2606 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2607}
2608
2609/* Used when the program stops.
2610 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2611 removing a breakpoint location. */
2612
2613int
2614remove_breakpoints (void)
2615{
2616 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2617 int val = 0;
2618
2619 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2620 {
2621 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2622 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2623 }
2624 return val;
2625}
2626
2627/* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2628
2629int
2630remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2631{
2632 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2633 int val;
2634 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2635
2636 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2637 {
2638 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2639 continue;
2640
2641 if (bl->inserted)
2642 {
2643 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2644 if (val != 0)
2645 return val;
2646 }
2647 }
2648 return 0;
2649}
2650
2651int
2652reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2653{
2654 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2655 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2656 int val;
2657 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2658 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2659 struct inferior *inf;
2660 struct thread_info *tp;
2661
2662 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2663 if (tp == NULL)
2664 return 1;
2665
2666 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2667 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2668
2669 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2670
2671 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2672 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2673
2674 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2675 {
2676 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2677 continue;
2678
2679 if (bl->inserted)
2680 {
2681 bl->inserted = 0;
2682 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2683 if (val != 0)
2684 {
2685 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2686 return val;
2687 }
2688 }
2689 }
2690 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2691 return 0;
2692}
2693
2694static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2695
2696/* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2697 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2698 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2699 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2700 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2701 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2702static void
2703set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2704{
2705 if (internal)
2706 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2707 else
2708 {
2709 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2710 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2711 }
2712}
2713
2714static struct breakpoint *
2715create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2716 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
2717 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
2718{
2719 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2720 struct breakpoint *b;
2721
2722 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2723
2724 sal.pc = address;
2725 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2726 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2727
2728 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
2729 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2730 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2731
2732 return b;
2733}
2734
2735static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2736 {
2737 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2738 };
2739#define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2740
2741/* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2742struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2743{
2744 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2745 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2746
2747 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2748 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2749
2750 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
2751 int longjmp_searched;
2752
2753 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
2754 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
2755
2756 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2757 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2758
2759 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2760 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2761
2762 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
2763 int exception_searched;
2764
2765 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
2766 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
2767};
2768
2769static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2770
2771/* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2772static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2773
2774/* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2775
2776static int
2777msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2778{
2779 return msym == &msym_not_found;
2780}
2781
2782/* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2783 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2784
2785static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2786get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2787{
2788 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2789
2790 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2791 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2792 {
2793 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2794 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2795
2796 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2797 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2798 }
2799 return bp_objfile_data;
2800}
2801
2802static void
2803free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
2804{
2805 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
2806
2807 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
2808 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
2809}
2810
2811static void
2812create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2813{
2814 struct objfile *objfile;
2815 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2816
2817 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2818 {
2819 struct breakpoint *b;
2820 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2821 CORE_ADDR addr;
2822
2823 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2824
2825 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2826 continue;
2827
2828 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2829 {
2830 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2831
2832 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2833 if (m == NULL)
2834 {
2835 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2836 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2837 continue;
2838 }
2839 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2840 }
2841
2842 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2843 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2844 bp_overlay_event,
2845 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2846 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2847
2848 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2849 {
2850 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2851 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2852 }
2853 else
2854 {
2855 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2856 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2857 }
2858 }
2859 update_global_location_list (1);
2860}
2861
2862static void
2863create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2864{
2865 struct program_space *pspace;
2866 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2867
2868 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2869
2870 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2871 {
2872 struct objfile *objfile;
2873
2874 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2875
2876 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2877 {
2878 int i;
2879 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2880 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2881
2882 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2883 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2884 continue;
2885
2886 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2887
2888 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
2889 {
2890 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
2891 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
2892 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
2893 }
2894
2895 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
2896 {
2897 int i;
2898 struct probe *probe;
2899 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2900
2901 for (i = 0;
2902 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
2903 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
2904 i, probe);
2905 ++i)
2906 {
2907 struct breakpoint *b;
2908
2909 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
2910 bp_longjmp_master,
2911 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2912 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
2913 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2914 }
2915
2916 continue;
2917 }
2918
2919 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2920 {
2921 struct breakpoint *b;
2922 const char *func_name;
2923 CORE_ADDR addr;
2924
2925 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2926 continue;
2927
2928 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2929 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2930 {
2931 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2932
2933 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2934 if (m == NULL)
2935 {
2936 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2937 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2938 continue;
2939 }
2940 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2941 }
2942
2943 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2944 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
2945 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2946 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2947 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2948 }
2949 }
2950 }
2951 update_global_location_list (1);
2952
2953 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2954}
2955
2956/* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2957static void
2958create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2959{
2960 struct program_space *pspace;
2961 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2962 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
2963
2964 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2965
2966 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2967 {
2968 struct objfile *objfile;
2969 CORE_ADDR addr;
2970
2971 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2972
2973 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2974 {
2975 struct breakpoint *b;
2976 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2977
2978 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2979
2980 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
2981 continue;
2982
2983 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
2984 {
2985 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2986
2987 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2988 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2989 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2990 {
2991 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2992 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
2993 continue;
2994 }
2995 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
2996 }
2997
2998 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
2999 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3000 bp_std_terminate_master,
3001 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3002 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3003 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3004 }
3005 }
3006
3007 update_global_location_list (1);
3008
3009 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3010}
3011
3012/* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3013
3014static void
3015create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3016{
3017 struct objfile *objfile;
3018 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3019
3020 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3021 {
3022 struct breakpoint *b;
3023 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3024 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3025 CORE_ADDR addr;
3026
3027 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3028
3029 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3030 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3031 {
3032 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3033 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3034 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3035 }
3036
3037 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3038 {
3039 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3040 int i;
3041 struct probe *probe;
3042
3043 for (i = 0;
3044 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3045 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3046 i, probe);
3047 ++i)
3048 {
3049 struct breakpoint *b;
3050
3051 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3052 bp_exception_master,
3053 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3054 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3055 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3056 }
3057
3058 continue;
3059 }
3060
3061 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3062
3063 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3064 continue;
3065
3066 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3067
3068 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3069 {
3070 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3071
3072 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3073 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3074 {
3075 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3076 continue;
3077 }
3078
3079 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3080 }
3081
3082 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3083 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3084 &current_target);
3085 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3086 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3087 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3088 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3089 }
3090
3091 update_global_location_list (1);
3092}
3093
3094void
3095update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3096{
3097 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3098 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3099
3100 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3101 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3102 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3103 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3104 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3105 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3106 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3107 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3108 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3109 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3110 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3111
3112 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3113 {
3114 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3115 continue;
3116
3117 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3118 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3119 {
3120 delete_breakpoint (b);
3121 continue;
3122 }
3123
3124 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3125 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3126 {
3127 delete_breakpoint (b);
3128 continue;
3129 }
3130
3131 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3132 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3133 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3134 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3135 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3136 {
3137 delete_breakpoint (b);
3138 continue;
3139 }
3140
3141 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3142 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3143 {
3144 delete_breakpoint (b);
3145 continue;
3146 }
3147
3148 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3149 after an exec. */
3150 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3151 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3152 {
3153 delete_breakpoint (b);
3154 continue;
3155 }
3156
3157 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3158 {
3159 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3160 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3161 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3162 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3163 continue;
3164 }
3165
3166 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3167 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3168 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3169 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3170 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3171 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3172
3173 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3174 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3175 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3176 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3177 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3178 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3179 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3180
3181 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3182 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3183 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3184 let finish_command delete it.
3185
3186 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3187 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3188 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3189 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3190 solib breakpoints.) */
3191
3192 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3193 {
3194 continue;
3195 }
3196
3197 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3198 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3199 a.out. */
3200 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3201 {
3202 delete_breakpoint (b);
3203 continue;
3204 }
3205 }
3206 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3207 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3208 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3209 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3210 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3211}
3212
3213int
3214detach_breakpoints (int pid)
3215{
3216 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3217 int val = 0;
3218 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3219 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3220
3221 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3222 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3223
3224 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3225 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
3226 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3227 {
3228 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3229 continue;
3230
3231 if (bl->inserted)
3232 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3233 }
3234
3235 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3236 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3237
3238 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3239 return val;
3240}
3241
3242/* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3243 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3244 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3245 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3246 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3247
3248static int
3249remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3250{
3251 int val;
3252
3253 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3254 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3255
3256 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3257 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3258 return 0;
3259
3260 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3261 This should not ever happen. */
3262 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3263
3264 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3265 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3266 {
3267 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3268 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3269 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3270
3271 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3272 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3273 || bl->section == NULL
3274 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3275 {
3276 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3277 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3278 }
3279 else
3280 {
3281 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3282 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3283 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3284 {
3285 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3286 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3287 */
3288 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3289 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3290 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3291 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3292 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3293 else
3294 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3295 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3296 }
3297 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3298 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3299 if (bl->inserted)
3300 {
3301 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3302 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3303 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3304 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3305
3306 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3307 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3308 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3309 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3310 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3311 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3312 else
3313 val = 0;
3314 }
3315 else
3316 {
3317 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3318 val = 0;
3319 }
3320 }
3321
3322 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3323 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3324 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3325 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3326 val = 0;
3327
3328 if (val)
3329 return val;
3330 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3331 }
3332 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3333 {
3334 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3335 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3336
3337 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3338 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3339
3340 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3341 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3342 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3343 bl->owner->number);
3344 }
3345 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3346 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3347 && !bl->duplicate)
3348 {
3349 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3350 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3351
3352 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3353 if (val)
3354 return val;
3355
3356 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3357 }
3358
3359 return 0;
3360}
3361
3362static int
3363remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3364{
3365 int ret;
3366 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3367
3368 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3369 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3370
3371 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3372 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3373 return 0;
3374
3375 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3376 This should not ever happen. */
3377 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3378
3379 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3380
3381 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3382
3383 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3384
3385 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3386 return ret;
3387}
3388
3389/* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3390
3391void
3392mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3393{
3394 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3395
3396 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3397 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3398 bl->inserted = 0;
3399}
3400
3401/* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3402 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3403
3404 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3405 between runs.
3406
3407 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3408 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3409 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3410
3411
3412
3413void
3414breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3415{
3416 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3417 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3418 int ix;
3419 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3420
3421 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3422 nothing to do. */
3423 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
3424 return;
3425
3426 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3427 {
3428 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3429 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3430 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3431 bl->inserted = 0;
3432 }
3433
3434 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3435 {
3436 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3437 continue;
3438
3439 switch (b->type)
3440 {
3441 case bp_call_dummy:
3442
3443 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3444 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3445 rid of it. */
3446
3447 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3448
3449 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3450
3451 case bp_shlib_event:
3452
3453 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3454 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3455 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3456 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3457 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3458
3459 (gdb) file prog-linux
3460 (gdb) run # native linux target
3461 ...
3462 (gdb) kill
3463 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3464 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3465 */
3466
3467 case bp_step_resume:
3468
3469 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3470
3471 delete_breakpoint (b);
3472 break;
3473
3474 case bp_watchpoint:
3475 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3476 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3477 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3478 {
3479 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3480
3481 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3482 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3483 delete_breakpoint (b);
3484 else if (context == inf_starting)
3485 {
3486 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3487 insert_breakpoints. */
3488 if (w->val)
3489 value_free (w->val);
3490 w->val = NULL;
3491 w->val_valid = 0;
3492 }
3493 }
3494 break;
3495 default:
3496 break;
3497 }
3498 }
3499
3500 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3501 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3502 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3503 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3504}
3505
3506/* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3507 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3508 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3509 match, not program space. */
3510
3511/* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3512 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3513 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3514 permanent breakpoint.
3515 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3516 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3517 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3518 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3519 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3520
3521enum breakpoint_here
3522breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3523{
3524 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3525 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3526
3527 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3528 {
3529 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3530 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3531 continue;
3532
3533 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3534 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3535 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3536 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3537 {
3538 if (overlay_debugging
3539 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3540 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3541 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3542 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3543 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3544 else
3545 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3546 }
3547 }
3548
3549 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3550}
3551
3552/* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3553
3554int
3555moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3556{
3557 struct bp_location *loc;
3558 int ix;
3559
3560 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3561 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3562 return 1;
3563
3564 return 0;
3565}
3566
3567/* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3568 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3569 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3570 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3571
3572int
3573regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3574 CORE_ADDR pc)
3575{
3576 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3577
3578 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3579 {
3580 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3581 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3582 continue;
3583
3584 if (bl->inserted
3585 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3586 {
3587 if (overlay_debugging
3588 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3589 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3590 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3591 else
3592 return 1;
3593 }
3594 }
3595 return 0;
3596}
3597
3598/* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3599 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3600
3601int
3602breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3603{
3604 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3605 return 1;
3606
3607 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3608 return 1;
3609
3610 return 0;
3611}
3612
3613/* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3614 inserted at PC. */
3615
3616int
3617software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3618 CORE_ADDR pc)
3619{
3620 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3621
3622 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3623 {
3624 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3625 continue;
3626
3627 if (bl->inserted
3628 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3629 aspace, pc))
3630 {
3631 if (overlay_debugging
3632 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3633 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3634 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3635 else
3636 return 1;
3637 }
3638 }
3639
3640 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3641 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3642 return 1;
3643
3644 return 0;
3645}
3646
3647int
3648hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3649 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3650{
3651 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3652
3653 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3654 {
3655 struct bp_location *loc;
3656
3657 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3658 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3659 continue;
3660
3661 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3662 continue;
3663
3664 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3665 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3666 {
3667 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3668
3669 /* Check for intersection. */
3670 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3671 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3672 if (l < h)
3673 return 1;
3674 }
3675 }
3676 return 0;
3677}
3678
3679/* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3680 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3681
3682int
3683breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3684 ptid_t ptid)
3685{
3686 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3687 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3688 int thread = -1;
3689 int task = 0;
3690
3691 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3692 {
3693 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3694 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3695 continue;
3696
3697 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3698 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3699 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3700 continue;
3701
3702 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3703 continue;
3704
3705 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
3706 {
3707 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3708 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3709 it is now time to do so. */
3710 if (thread == -1)
3711 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3712 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
3713 continue;
3714 }
3715
3716 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
3717 {
3718 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3719 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
3720 it is now time to do so. */
3721 if (task == 0)
3722 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
3723 if (bl->owner->task != task)
3724 continue;
3725 }
3726
3727 if (overlay_debugging
3728 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3729 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3730 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3731
3732 return 1;
3733 }
3734
3735 return 0;
3736}
3737\f
3738
3739/* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3740 in breakpoint.h. */
3741
3742int
3743is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3744{
3745 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3746}
3747
3748/* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3749 'next' chain. */
3750
3751static void
3752bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3753{
3754 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3755 value_free (bs->old_val);
3756 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3757 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3758 xfree (bs);
3759}
3760
3761/* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3762 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3763
3764void
3765bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3766{
3767 bpstat p;
3768 bpstat q;
3769
3770 if (bsp == 0)
3771 return;
3772 p = *bsp;
3773 while (p != NULL)
3774 {
3775 q = p->next;
3776 bpstat_free (p);
3777 p = q;
3778 }
3779 *bsp = NULL;
3780}
3781
3782/* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3783 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3784
3785bpstat
3786bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3787{
3788 bpstat p = NULL;
3789 bpstat tmp;
3790 bpstat retval = NULL;
3791
3792 if (bs == NULL)
3793 return bs;
3794
3795 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3796 {
3797 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3798 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3799 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3800 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3801 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3802 {
3803 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3804 release_value (tmp->old_val);
3805 }
3806
3807 if (p == NULL)
3808 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3809 retval = tmp;
3810 else
3811 p->next = tmp;
3812 p = tmp;
3813 }
3814 p->next = NULL;
3815 return retval;
3816}
3817
3818/* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3819
3820bpstat
3821bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3822{
3823 if (bsp == NULL)
3824 return NULL;
3825
3826 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3827 {
3828 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3829 return bsp;
3830 }
3831 return NULL;
3832}
3833
3834/* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3835 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3836 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3837 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3838
3839 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3840 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3841 we set it.
3842 Return 1 otherwise. */
3843
3844int
3845bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3846{
3847 struct breakpoint *b;
3848
3849 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
3850 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3851
3852 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3853 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3854 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3855 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3856 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3857 if (b == NULL)
3858 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3859
3860 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3861 return 1;
3862}
3863
3864/* See breakpoint.h. */
3865
3866void
3867bpstat_clear_actions (void)
3868{
3869 struct thread_info *tp;
3870 bpstat bs;
3871
3872 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3873 return;
3874
3875 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
3876 if (tp == NULL)
3877 return;
3878
3879 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3880 {
3881 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3882
3883 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3884 {
3885 value_free (bs->old_val);
3886 bs->old_val = NULL;
3887 }
3888 }
3889}
3890
3891/* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3892
3893static void
3894breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3895{
3896 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3897 {
3898 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3899
3900 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3901 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3902 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3903 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3904 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3905 return;
3906 }
3907
3908 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3909}
3910
3911/* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3912 command. */
3913static void
3914cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3915{
3916 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3917}
3918
3919/* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
3920 or its equivalent. */
3921
3922static int
3923command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
3924{
3925 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
3926 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
3927}
3928
3929/* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3930 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3931 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3932 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3933
3934 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3935 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3936 bpstat of the current thread. */
3937
3938static int
3939bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3940{
3941 bpstat bs;
3942 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3943 int again = 0;
3944
3945 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3946 in bs->commands. */
3947 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3948 return 0;
3949
3950 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3951 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3952
3953 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3954
3955 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3956 bs = *bsp;
3957
3958 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3959 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3960 {
3961 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3962 struct command_line *cmd;
3963 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3964
3965 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3966
3967 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3968 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3969 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3970 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3971 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3972 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3973 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3974 the tree when we're done. */
3975 ccmd = bs->commands;
3976 bs->commands = NULL;
3977 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3978 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
3979 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
3980 {
3981 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
3982 cmd = cmd->next;
3983 }
3984
3985 while (cmd != NULL)
3986 {
3987 execute_control_command (cmd);
3988
3989 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3990 break;
3991 else
3992 cmd = cmd->next;
3993 }
3994
3995 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3996 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3997
3998 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3999 {
4000 if (target_can_async_p ())
4001 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4002 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4003 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4004 ;
4005 else
4006 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4007 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4008 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4009 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4010 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4011 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4012 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4013 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4014 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4015 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4016 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4017 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4018 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4019 again = 1;
4020 break;
4021 }
4022 }
4023 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4024 return again;
4025}
4026
4027void
4028bpstat_do_actions (void)
4029{
4030 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4031
4032 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4033 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4034 && target_has_execution
4035 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4036 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4037 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4038 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4039 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4040 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4041 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4042 break;
4043
4044 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4045}
4046
4047/* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4048
4049static void
4050watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4051{
4052 if (val == NULL)
4053 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4054 else
4055 {
4056 struct value_print_options opts;
4057 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4058 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4059 }
4060}
4061
4062/* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4063 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4064 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4065 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4066 normal_stop(). */
4067
4068static enum print_stop_action
4069print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4070{
4071 switch (bs->print_it)
4072 {
4073 case print_it_noop:
4074 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4075 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4076 break;
4077
4078 case print_it_done:
4079 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4080 relevant messages. */
4081 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4082 break;
4083
4084 case print_it_normal:
4085 {
4086 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4087
4088 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4089 which has since been deleted. */
4090 if (b == NULL)
4091 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4092
4093 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4094 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4095 }
4096 break;
4097
4098 default:
4099 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4100 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4101 break;
4102 }
4103}
4104
4105/* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4106
4107static void
4108print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4109{
4110 int any_deleted
4111 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4112 int any_added
4113 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4114
4115 if (!is_catchpoint)
4116 {
4117 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4118 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4119 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4120 else
4121 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4122 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4123 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4124 }
4125
4126 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4127 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4128 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4129
4130 if (any_deleted)
4131 {
4132 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4133 char *name;
4134 int ix;
4135
4136 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4137 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4138 "removed");
4139 for (ix = 0;
4140 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4141 ix, name);
4142 ++ix)
4143 {
4144 if (ix > 0)
4145 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4146 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4147 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4148 }
4149
4150 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4151 }
4152
4153 if (any_added)
4154 {
4155 struct so_list *iter;
4156 int ix;
4157 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4158
4159 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4160 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4161 "added");
4162 for (ix = 0;
4163 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4164 ix, iter);
4165 ++ix)
4166 {
4167 if (ix > 0)
4168 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4169 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4170 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4171 }
4172
4173 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4174 }
4175}
4176
4177/* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4178 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4179 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4180 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4181 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4182 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4183 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4184 routine is one of:
4185
4186 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4187 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4188 code to print the location. An example is
4189 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4190 the location.
4191 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4192 to also print the location part of the message.
4193 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4194 don't require a location appended to the end.
4195 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4196 further info to be printed. */
4197
4198enum print_stop_action
4199bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4200{
4201 int val;
4202
4203 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4204 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4205 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4206 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4207 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4208 {
4209 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4210 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4211 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4212 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4213 return val;
4214 }
4215
4216 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4217 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4218 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4219 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4220 {
4221 print_solib_event (0);
4222 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4223 }
4224
4225 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4226 with and nothing was printed. */
4227 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4228}
4229
4230/* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4231 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4232 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4233 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4234
4235static int
4236breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4237{
4238 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4239 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4240
4241 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4242 return i;
4243}
4244
4245/* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4246
4247static bpstat
4248bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4249{
4250 bpstat bs;
4251
4252 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4253 bs->next = NULL;
4254 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4255 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4256 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4257 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4258 incref_bp_location (bl);
4259 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4260 bs->commands = NULL;
4261 bs->old_val = NULL;
4262 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4263 return bs;
4264}
4265\f
4266/* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4267 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4268
4269int
4270watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4271{
4272 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4273 CORE_ADDR addr;
4274 struct breakpoint *b;
4275
4276 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4277 {
4278 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4279 as not triggered. */
4280 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4281 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4282 {
4283 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4284
4285 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4286 }
4287
4288 return 0;
4289 }
4290
4291 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4292 {
4293 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4294 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4295 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4296 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4297 {
4298 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4299
4300 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4301 }
4302
4303 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4304 }
4305
4306 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4307 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4308 triggered. */
4309
4310 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4311 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4312 {
4313 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4314 struct bp_location *loc;
4315
4316 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4317 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4318 {
4319 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4320 {
4321 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4322 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4323
4324 if (newaddr == start)
4325 {
4326 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4327 break;
4328 }
4329 }
4330 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4331 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4332 addr, loc->address,
4333 loc->length))
4334 {
4335 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4336 break;
4337 }
4338 }
4339 }
4340
4341 return 1;
4342}
4343
4344/* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4345 because of check_errors). */
4346/* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4347#define WP_DELETED 1
4348/* The value has changed. */
4349#define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4350/* The value has not changed. */
4351#define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4352/* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4353#define WP_IGNORE 4
4354
4355#define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4356#define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4357
4358/* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4359 changed.
4360
4361 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4362 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4363
4364static int
4365watchpoint_check (void *p)
4366{
4367 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4368 struct watchpoint *b;
4369 struct frame_info *fr;
4370 int within_current_scope;
4371
4372 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4373 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4374 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4375
4376 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4377 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4378 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4379 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4380 return WP_IGNORE;
4381
4382 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4383 within_current_scope = 1;
4384 else
4385 {
4386 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4387 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4388 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4389
4390 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4391 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4392 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4393 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4394 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4395 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4396 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4397 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4398 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4399 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4400 return WP_IGNORE;
4401
4402 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4403 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4404
4405 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4406 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4407 if (within_current_scope)
4408 {
4409 struct symbol *function;
4410
4411 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4412 if (function == NULL
4413 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4414 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4415 within_current_scope = 0;
4416 }
4417
4418 if (within_current_scope)
4419 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4420 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4421 the user. */
4422 select_frame (fr);
4423 }
4424
4425 if (within_current_scope)
4426 {
4427 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4428 time before we return to the command level and call
4429 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4430 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4431
4432 int pc = 0;
4433 struct value *mark;
4434 struct value *new_val;
4435
4436 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4437 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4438 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4439 a mask watchpoint. */
4440 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4441
4442 mark = value_mark ();
4443 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4444
4445 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4446 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4447 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4448 not what we want. */
4449 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4450 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4451 {
4452 if (new_val != NULL)
4453 {
4454 release_value (new_val);
4455 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4456 }
4457 bs->old_val = b->val;
4458 b->val = new_val;
4459 b->val_valid = 1;
4460 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4461 }
4462 else
4463 {
4464 /* Nothing changed. */
4465 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4466 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4467 }
4468 }
4469 else
4470 {
4471 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4472
4473 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4474 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4475 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4476 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4477 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4478 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4479 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4480 the first value assigned). */
4481 /* We print all the stop information in
4482 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4483 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4484 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4485 here. */
4486 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4487 ui_out_field_string
4488 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4489 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4490 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4491 ui_out_text (uiout,
4492 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4493which its expression is valid.\n");
4494
4495 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4496 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4497 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4498
4499 return WP_DELETED;
4500 }
4501}
4502
4503/* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4504 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4505 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4506
4507static int
4508bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4509 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4510 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4511{
4512 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4513
4514 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4515 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4516
4517 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4518}
4519
4520/* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4521 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4522
4523static void
4524bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4525{
4526 const struct bp_location *bl;
4527 struct watchpoint *b;
4528
4529 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4530 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4531 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4532 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4533 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4534
4535 {
4536 int must_check_value = 0;
4537
4538 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4539 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4540 watched value. */
4541 must_check_value = 1;
4542 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4543 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4544 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4545 this watchpoint. */
4546 must_check_value = 1;
4547 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4548 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4549 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4550 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4551 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4552 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4553 must_check_value = 1;
4554
4555 if (must_check_value)
4556 {
4557 char *message
4558 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4559 b->base.number);
4560 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4561 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4562 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4563 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4564 switch (e)
4565 {
4566 case WP_DELETED:
4567 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4568 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4569 /* Stop. */
4570 break;
4571 case WP_IGNORE:
4572 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4573 bs->stop = 0;
4574 break;
4575 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4576 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4577 {
4578 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4579
4580 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4581 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4582 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4583 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4584 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4585 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4586 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4587 old value.
4588
4589 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4590 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4591 happen:
4592
4593 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4594 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4595 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4596 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4597
4598 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4599 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4600 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4601 watchpoint.
4602
4603 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4604 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4605 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4606 changes. This still gives false positives when
4607 the program writes the same value to memory as
4608 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4609 it for a read), but it's much better than
4610 nothing. */
4611
4612 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4613
4614 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4615 {
4616 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4617
4618 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4619 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4620 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4621 {
4622 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4623 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4624
4625 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4626 == watch_triggered_yes)
4627 {
4628 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4629 break;
4630 }
4631 }
4632 }
4633
4634 if (other_write_watchpoint
4635 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4636 {
4637 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4638 and the value changed since the last time we
4639 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4640 Ignore it. */
4641 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4642 bs->stop = 0;
4643 }
4644 }
4645 break;
4646 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4647 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4648 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4649 {
4650 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4651 the value hasn't changed. */
4652 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4653 bs->stop = 0;
4654 }
4655 /* Stop. */
4656 break;
4657 default:
4658 /* Can't happen. */
4659 case 0:
4660 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4661 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4662 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4663 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4664 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4665 break;
4666 }
4667 }
4668 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4669 {
4670 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4671 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4672 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4673 anything for this watchpoint. */
4674 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4675 bs->stop = 0;
4676 }
4677 }
4678}
4679
4680
4681/* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4682 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4683 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4684
4685static void
4686bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
4687{
4688 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4689 const struct bp_location *bl;
4690 struct breakpoint *b;
4691
4692 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4693 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4694 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4695 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4696 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4697
4698 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
4699 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
4700 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
4701
4702 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
4703 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4704 bs->stop = 0;
4705 else if (bs->stop)
4706 {
4707 int value_is_zero = 0;
4708 struct expression *cond;
4709
4710 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4711 method implemented. */
4712 if (b->py_bp_object)
4713 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
4714
4715 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4716 {
4717 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4718
4719 cond = w->cond_exp;
4720 }
4721 else
4722 cond = bl->cond;
4723
4724 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
4725 {
4726 int within_current_scope = 1;
4727 struct watchpoint * w;
4728
4729 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4730 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4731 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4732 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4733 function call. */
4734 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4735
4736 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4737 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4738 else
4739 w = NULL;
4740
4741 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4742 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4743 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4744 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4745 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4746 call site. */
4747 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
4748 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4749 else
4750 {
4751 struct frame_info *frame;
4752
4753 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4754 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4755 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4756 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4757 really matter which instantiation of the function
4758 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4759 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4760 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4761 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4762 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4763 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4764 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4765 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4766 intuitive. */
4767 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
4768 if (frame != NULL)
4769 select_frame (frame);
4770 else
4771 within_current_scope = 0;
4772 }
4773 if (within_current_scope)
4774 value_is_zero
4775 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4776 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4777 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4778 else
4779 {
4780 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4781 "in the current scope"));
4782 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4783 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4784 value_is_zero = 0;
4785 }
4786 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4787 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4788 }
4789
4790 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4791 {
4792 bs->stop = 0;
4793 }
4794 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4795 {
4796 bs->stop = 0;
4797 }
4798 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4799 {
4800 b->ignore_count--;
4801 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4802 bs->stop = 0;
4803 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4804 ++(b->hit_count);
4805 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4806 }
4807 }
4808}
4809
4810
4811/* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4812 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4813
4814 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4815 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4816 that:
4817
4818 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4819
4820 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4821
4822 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4823 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4824 several reasons concurrently.)
4825
4826 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4827 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4828
4829bpstat
4830bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4831 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
4832 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4833{
4834 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4835 struct bp_location *bl;
4836 struct bp_location *loc;
4837 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4838 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4839 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4840 bpstat bs;
4841 int ix;
4842 int need_remove_insert;
4843 int removed_any;
4844
4845 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4846 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4847 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4848 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4849 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4850 inferior function calls. */
4851
4852 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4853 {
4854 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4855 continue;
4856
4857 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4858 {
4859 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4860 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4861 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4862 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4863 checked all locations already. */
4864 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4865 break;
4866
4867 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4868 continue;
4869
4870 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
4871 continue;
4872
4873 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4874 matches. */
4875
4876 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4877 explain stop. */
4878
4879 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4880 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4881 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4882 bs->stop = 1;
4883 bs->print = 1;
4884
4885 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4886 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4887 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4888 iteration. */
4889 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
4890 {
4891 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
4892
4893 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4894 }
4895 }
4896 }
4897
4898 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4899 {
4900 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
4901 {
4902 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4903 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4904 bs->stop = 0;
4905 bs->print = 0;
4906 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4907 }
4908 }
4909
4910 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
4911 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
4912 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
4913 "catch unload". */
4914 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4915 {
4916 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
4917 {
4918 handle_solib_event ();
4919 break;
4920 }
4921 }
4922
4923 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4924 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4925 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4926
4927 removed_any = 0;
4928
4929 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4930 {
4931 if (!bs->stop)
4932 continue;
4933
4934 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4935 b->ops->check_status (bs);
4936 if (bs->stop)
4937 {
4938 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4939
4940 if (bs->stop)
4941 {
4942 ++(b->hit_count);
4943 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4944
4945 /* We will stop here. */
4946 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4947 {
4948 --(b->enable_count);
4949 if (b->enable_count <= 0
4950 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4951 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4952 removed_any = 1;
4953 }
4954 if (b->silent)
4955 bs->print = 0;
4956 bs->commands = b->commands;
4957 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4958 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
4959 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
4960 bs->print = 0;
4961 }
4962
4963 }
4964
4965 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
4966 print. */
4967 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
4968 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4969 }
4970
4971 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4972 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4973 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4974 done later. */
4975 need_remove_insert = 0;
4976 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
4977 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4978 if (!bs->stop
4979 && bs->breakpoint_at
4980 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
4981 {
4982 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4983
4984 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4985 need_remove_insert = 1;
4986 }
4987
4988 if (need_remove_insert)
4989 update_global_location_list (1);
4990 else if (removed_any)
4991 update_global_location_list (0);
4992
4993 return bs_head;
4994}
4995
4996static void
4997handle_jit_event (void)
4998{
4999 struct frame_info *frame;
5000 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5001
5002 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5003 breakpoint_re_set. */
5004 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5005
5006 frame = get_current_frame ();
5007 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5008
5009 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5010
5011 target_terminal_inferior ();
5012}
5013
5014/* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5015
5016void
5017handle_solib_event (void)
5018{
5019 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
5020
5021 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5022 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5023 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5024 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5025#ifdef SOLIB_ADD
5026 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5027#else
5028 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5029#endif
5030 target_terminal_inferior ();
5031}
5032
5033/* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5034
5035/* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5036
5037struct bpstat_what
5038bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5039{
5040 struct bpstat_what retval;
5041 int jit_event = 0;
5042 bpstat bs;
5043
5044 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5045 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5046 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5047
5048 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5049 {
5050 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5051 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5052 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5053 enum bptype bptype;
5054
5055 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5056 {
5057 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5058 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5059 bptype = bp_none;
5060 }
5061 else
5062 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5063
5064 switch (bptype)
5065 {
5066 case bp_none:
5067 break;
5068 case bp_breakpoint:
5069 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5070 case bp_until:
5071 case bp_finish:
5072 case bp_shlib_event:
5073 if (bs->stop)
5074 {
5075 if (bs->print)
5076 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5077 else
5078 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5079 }
5080 else
5081 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5082 break;
5083 case bp_watchpoint:
5084 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5085 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5086 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5087 if (bs->stop)
5088 {
5089 if (bs->print)
5090 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5091 else
5092 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5093 }
5094 else
5095 {
5096 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5097 This requires no further action. */
5098 }
5099 break;
5100 case bp_longjmp:
5101 case bp_exception:
5102 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5103 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp;
5104 break;
5105 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5106 case bp_exception_resume:
5107 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5108 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5109 break;
5110 case bp_step_resume:
5111 if (bs->stop)
5112 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5113 else
5114 {
5115 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5116 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5117 }
5118 break;
5119 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5120 if (bs->stop)
5121 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5122 else
5123 {
5124 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5125 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5126 }
5127 break;
5128 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5129 case bp_thread_event:
5130 case bp_overlay_event:
5131 case bp_longjmp_master:
5132 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5133 case bp_exception_master:
5134 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5135 break;
5136 case bp_catchpoint:
5137 if (bs->stop)
5138 {
5139 if (bs->print)
5140 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5141 else
5142 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5143 }
5144 else
5145 {
5146 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5147 This requires no further action. */
5148 }
5149 break;
5150 case bp_jit_event:
5151 jit_event = 1;
5152 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5153 break;
5154 case bp_call_dummy:
5155 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5156 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5157 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5158 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5159 break;
5160 case bp_std_terminate:
5161 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5162 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5163 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5164 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5165 break;
5166 case bp_tracepoint:
5167 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5168 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5169 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5170 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5171 out already. */
5172 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5173 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5174 break;
5175 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5176 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5177 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5178 break;
5179 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5180 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5181 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5182 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5183 break;
5184
5185 case bp_dprintf:
5186 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5187 break;
5188
5189 default:
5190 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5191 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5192 }
5193
5194 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5195 }
5196
5197 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5198 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5199
5200 if (jit_event)
5201 {
5202 if (debug_infrun)
5203 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5204
5205 handle_jit_event ();
5206 }
5207
5208 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5209 {
5210 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5211
5212 if (b == NULL)
5213 continue;
5214 switch (b->type)
5215 {
5216 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5217 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5218 break;
5219 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5220 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5221 break;
5222 }
5223 }
5224
5225 return retval;
5226}
5227
5228/* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5229 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5230 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5231
5232int
5233bpstat_should_step (void)
5234{
5235 struct breakpoint *b;
5236
5237 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5238 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5239 return 1;
5240 return 0;
5241}
5242
5243int
5244bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5245{
5246 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5247 if (bs->stop)
5248 return 1;
5249
5250 return 0;
5251}
5252
5253\f
5254
5255/* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5256 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5257 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5258
5259static char *
5260wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5261{
5262 static char wrap_indent[80];
5263 int i, total_width, width, align;
5264 char *text;
5265
5266 total_width = 0;
5267 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5268 {
5269 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5270 {
5271 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5272 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5273 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5274
5275 return wrap_indent;
5276 }
5277
5278 total_width += width + 1;
5279 }
5280
5281 return NULL;
5282}
5283
5284/* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5285 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5286
5287 "host": Host evals condition.
5288 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5289 "target": Target evals condition.
5290*/
5291
5292static const char *
5293bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5294{
5295 struct bp_location *bl;
5296 char host_evals = 0;
5297 char target_evals = 0;
5298
5299 if (!b)
5300 return NULL;
5301
5302 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5303 return NULL;
5304
5305 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5306 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5307 return condition_evaluation_host;
5308
5309 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5310 {
5311 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5312 target_evals++;
5313 else
5314 host_evals++;
5315 }
5316
5317 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5318 return condition_evaluation_both;
5319 else if (target_evals)
5320 return condition_evaluation_target;
5321 else
5322 return condition_evaluation_host;
5323}
5324
5325/* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5326 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5327
5328static const char *
5329bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5330{
5331 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5332 return NULL;
5333
5334 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5335 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5336 return condition_evaluation_host;
5337
5338 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5339 return condition_evaluation_target;
5340 else
5341 return condition_evaluation_host;
5342}
5343
5344/* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5345
5346static void
5347print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5348 struct bp_location *loc)
5349{
5350 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5351 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5352
5353 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5354 loc = NULL;
5355
5356 if (loc != NULL)
5357 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5358
5359 if (b->display_canonical)
5360 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5361 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
5362 {
5363 struct symbol *sym
5364 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5365 if (sym)
5366 {
5367 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5368 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5369 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5370 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5371 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5372 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5373 }
5374 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
5375 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5376
5377 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5378 {
5379 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
5380 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
5381
5382 if (fullname)
5383 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
5384 }
5385
5386 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5387 }
5388 else if (loc)
5389 {
5390 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5391 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5392
5393 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5394 demangle, "");
5395 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5396
5397 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5398 }
5399 else
5400 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5401
5402 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5403 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5404 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5405 {
5406 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5407 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5408 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5409 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5410 }
5411
5412 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5413}
5414
5415static const char *
5416bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5417{
5418 struct ep_type_description
5419 {
5420 enum bptype type;
5421 char *description;
5422 };
5423 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5424 {
5425 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5426 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5427 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5428 {bp_until, "until"},
5429 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5430 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5431 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5432 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5433 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5434 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5435 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5436 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5437 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5438 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5439 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5440 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5441 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5442 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5443 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5444 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5445 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5446 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5447 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5448 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5449 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5450 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5451 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5452 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5453 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5454 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5455 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5456 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5457 };
5458
5459 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5460 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5461 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5462 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5463 (int) type);
5464
5465 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5466}
5467
5468/* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5469
5470static void
5471print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5472 struct bp_location *loc,
5473 int loc_number,
5474 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5475 int allflag)
5476{
5477 struct command_line *l;
5478 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5479
5480 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5481 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5482 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5483 struct value_print_options opts;
5484
5485 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5486
5487 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5488 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5489 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5490 if (loc == NULL
5491 && (b->loc != NULL
5492 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5493 header_of_multiple = 1;
5494 if (loc == NULL)
5495 loc = b->loc;
5496
5497 annotate_record ();
5498
5499 /* 1 */
5500 annotate_field (0);
5501 if (part_of_multiple)
5502 {
5503 char *formatted;
5504 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5505 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5506 xfree (formatted);
5507 }
5508 else
5509 {
5510 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5511 }
5512
5513 /* 2 */
5514 annotate_field (1);
5515 if (part_of_multiple)
5516 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5517 else
5518 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5519
5520 /* 3 */
5521 annotate_field (2);
5522 if (part_of_multiple)
5523 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5524 else
5525 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5526
5527
5528 /* 4 */
5529 annotate_field (3);
5530 if (part_of_multiple)
5531 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5532 else
5533 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5534 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5535 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5536
5537
5538 /* 5 and 6 */
5539 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5540 {
5541 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5542 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5543 make sure there's just one location. */
5544 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5545 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5546 }
5547 else
5548 switch (b->type)
5549 {
5550 case bp_none:
5551 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5552 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5553 break;
5554
5555 case bp_watchpoint:
5556 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5557 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5558 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5559 {
5560 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5561
5562 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5563 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5564 is relatively readable). */
5565 if (opts.addressprint)
5566 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5567 annotate_field (5);
5568 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5569 }
5570 break;
5571
5572 case bp_breakpoint:
5573 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5574 case bp_until:
5575 case bp_finish:
5576 case bp_longjmp:
5577 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5578 case bp_exception:
5579 case bp_exception_resume:
5580 case bp_step_resume:
5581 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5582 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5583 case bp_call_dummy:
5584 case bp_std_terminate:
5585 case bp_shlib_event:
5586 case bp_thread_event:
5587 case bp_overlay_event:
5588 case bp_longjmp_master:
5589 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5590 case bp_exception_master:
5591 case bp_tracepoint:
5592 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5593 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5594 case bp_dprintf:
5595 case bp_jit_event:
5596 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5597 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5598 if (opts.addressprint)
5599 {
5600 annotate_field (4);
5601 if (header_of_multiple)
5602 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5603 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5604 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5605 else
5606 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5607 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5608 }
5609 annotate_field (5);
5610 if (!header_of_multiple)
5611 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5612 if (b->loc)
5613 *last_loc = b->loc;
5614 break;
5615 }
5616
5617
5618 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5619 are several. */
5620 if (loc != NULL
5621 && !header_of_multiple
5622 && (allflag
5623 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5624 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5625 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5626 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5627 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5628 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
5629 {
5630 struct inferior *inf;
5631 int first = 1;
5632
5633 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
5634 {
5635 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
5636 {
5637 if (first)
5638 {
5639 first = 0;
5640 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5641 }
5642 else
5643 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5644 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
5645 }
5646 }
5647 }
5648
5649 if (!part_of_multiple)
5650 {
5651 if (b->thread != -1)
5652 {
5653 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5654 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5655 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
5656 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5657 }
5658 else if (b->task != 0)
5659 {
5660 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
5661 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
5662 }
5663 }
5664
5665 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5666
5667 if (!part_of_multiple)
5668 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
5669
5670 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
5671 {
5672 annotate_field (6);
5673 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5674 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
5675 the frame ID. */
5676 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
5677 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
5678 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5679 }
5680
5681 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
5682 {
5683 annotate_field (7);
5684 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5685 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
5686 else
5687 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
5688 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
5689
5690 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
5691 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
5692 if (is_breakpoint (b)
5693 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
5694 == condition_evaluation_target)
5695 {
5696 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5697 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5698 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
5699 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
5700 }
5701 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5702 }
5703
5704 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
5705 {
5706 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5707 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
5708 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5709 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5710 }
5711
5712 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
5713 {
5714 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5715 if (is_catchpoint (b))
5716 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
5717 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
5718 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
5719 else
5720 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
5721 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
5722 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5723 if (b->hit_count == 1)
5724 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
5725 else
5726 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
5727 }
5728
5729 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
5730 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
5731 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5732 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
5733 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5734
5735 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
5736 {
5737 annotate_field (8);
5738 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
5739 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
5740 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
5741 }
5742
5743 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
5744 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
5745 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
5746 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
5747 {
5748 annotate_field (8);
5749 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
5750 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
5751 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
5752 if (b->ignore_count)
5753 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
5754 else
5755 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
5756 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
5757 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
5758 }
5759
5760 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
5761 {
5762 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
5763
5764 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
5765 {
5766 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
5767 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
5768 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
5769 }
5770 }
5771
5772 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
5773 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
5774 {
5775 struct cleanup *script_chain;
5776
5777 annotate_field (9);
5778 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
5779 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
5780 do_cleanups (script_chain);
5781 }
5782
5783 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5784 {
5785 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
5786
5787 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
5788 {
5789 annotate_field (10);
5790 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
5791 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
5792 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5793 }
5794 }
5795
5796 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
5797 {
5798 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5799 {
5800 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5801
5802 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
5803 }
5804 else if (b->addr_string)
5805 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
5806 }
5807}
5808
5809static void
5810print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5811 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5812 int allflag)
5813{
5814 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
5815 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5816
5817 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
5818
5819 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
5820 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
5821
5822 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5823 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5824 locations, if any. */
5825 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
5826 {
5827 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5828 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5829 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5830 situation.
5831
5832 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5833 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5834 if (b->loc
5835 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
5836 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
5837 {
5838 struct bp_location *loc;
5839 int n = 1;
5840
5841 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
5842 {
5843 struct cleanup *inner2 =
5844 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
5845 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
5846 do_cleanups (inner2);
5847 }
5848 }
5849 }
5850}
5851
5852static int
5853breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
5854{
5855 int print_address_bits = 0;
5856 struct bp_location *loc;
5857
5858 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5859 {
5860 int addr_bit;
5861
5862 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5863 an address to print. */
5864 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
5865 continue;
5866
5867 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
5868 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5869 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5870 }
5871
5872 return print_address_bits;
5873}
5874
5875struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5876 {
5877 int bnum;
5878 };
5879
5880static int
5881do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5882{
5883 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
5884 struct breakpoint *b;
5885 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
5886
5887 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5888 {
5889 if (args->bnum == b->number)
5890 {
5891 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
5892 return GDB_RC_OK;
5893 }
5894 }
5895 return GDB_RC_NONE;
5896}
5897
5898enum gdb_rc
5899gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
5900 char **error_message)
5901{
5902 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
5903
5904 args.bnum = bnum;
5905 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5906 an error. */
5907 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5908 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5909 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5910 else
5911 return GDB_RC_OK;
5912}
5913
5914/* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5915 internal or momentary. */
5916
5917int
5918user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5919{
5920 return b->number > 0;
5921}
5922
5923/* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5924 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5925 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5926 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5927 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5928 breakpoints listed. */
5929
5930static int
5931breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5932 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5933{
5934 struct breakpoint *b;
5935 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5936 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5937 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5938 struct value_print_options opts;
5939 int print_address_bits = 0;
5940 int print_type_col_width = 14;
5941 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5942
5943 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5944
5945 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5946 required for address fields. */
5947 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
5948 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5949 {
5950 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5951 if (filter && !filter (b))
5952 continue;
5953
5954 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5955 accept. Skip the others. */
5956 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5957 {
5958 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5959 continue;
5960 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5961 continue;
5962 }
5963
5964 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5965 {
5966 int addr_bit, type_len;
5967
5968 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
5969 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5970 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5971
5972 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
5973 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
5974 print_type_col_width = type_len;
5975
5976 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
5977 }
5978 }
5979
5980 if (opts.addressprint)
5981 bkpttbl_chain
5982 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
5983 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5984 "BreakpointTable");
5985 else
5986 bkpttbl_chain
5987 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
5988 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5989 "BreakpointTable");
5990
5991 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5992 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5993 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5994 annotate_field (0);
5995 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5996 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5997 annotate_field (1);
5998 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
5999 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6000 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6001 annotate_field (2);
6002 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6003 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6004 annotate_field (3);
6005 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6006 if (opts.addressprint)
6007 {
6008 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6009 annotate_field (4);
6010 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6011 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6012 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6013 else
6014 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6015 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6016 }
6017 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6018 annotate_field (5);
6019 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6020 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6021 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6022 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6023
6024 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6025 {
6026 QUIT;
6027 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6028 if (filter && !filter (b))
6029 continue;
6030
6031 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6032 accept. Skip the others. */
6033
6034 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6035 {
6036 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6037 {
6038 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6039 continue;
6040 }
6041 else /* all others */
6042 {
6043 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6044 continue;
6045 }
6046 }
6047 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6048 allflag is set. */
6049 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6050 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6051 }
6052
6053 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6054
6055 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6056 {
6057 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6058 empty list. */
6059 if (!filter)
6060 {
6061 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6062 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6063 else
6064 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6065 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6066 args);
6067 }
6068 }
6069 else
6070 {
6071 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6072 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6073 }
6074
6075 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6076 there have been breakpoints? */
6077 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6078
6079 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6080}
6081
6082/* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6083 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6084
6085static void
6086default_collect_info (void)
6087{
6088 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6089
6090 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6091 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6092 not wanted. */
6093 if (!*default_collect)
6094 return;
6095
6096 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6097 actions. */
6098 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6099 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6100 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6101}
6102
6103static void
6104breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6105{
6106 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6107
6108 default_collect_info ();
6109}
6110
6111static void
6112watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6113{
6114 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6115 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6116
6117 if (num_printed == 0)
6118 {
6119 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6120 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6121 else
6122 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6123 }
6124}
6125
6126static void
6127maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6128{
6129 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6130
6131 default_collect_info ();
6132}
6133
6134static int
6135breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6136 struct program_space *pspace,
6137 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6138{
6139 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6140
6141 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6142 {
6143 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6144 && bl->address == pc
6145 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6146 return 1;
6147 }
6148 return 0;
6149}
6150
6151/* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6152 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6153 address spaces. */
6154
6155static void
6156describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6157 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6158 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6159{
6160 int others = 0;
6161 struct breakpoint *b;
6162
6163 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6164 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6165 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6166 if (others > 0)
6167 {
6168 if (others == 1)
6169 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6170 else /* if (others == ???) */
6171 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6172 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6173 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6174 {
6175 others--;
6176 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6177 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6178 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6179 else if (b->thread != -1)
6180 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6181 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6182 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6183 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6184 ? " (disabled)"
6185 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6186 ? " (permanent)"
6187 : ""),
6188 (others > 1) ? ","
6189 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6190 }
6191 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6192 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6193 printf_filtered (".\n");
6194 }
6195}
6196\f
6197
6198/* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6199 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6200 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6201 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6202
6203 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6204 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6205 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6206 breakpoint at address zero:
6207
6208 bp_watchpoint
6209 bp_catchpoint
6210
6211*/
6212
6213static int
6214breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6215{
6216 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6217
6218 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6219}
6220
6221/* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6222 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6223
6224static int
6225watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6226 struct bp_location *loc2)
6227{
6228 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6229 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6230
6231 /* Both of them must exist. */
6232 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6233 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6234
6235 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6236 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6237 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6238 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6239 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6240 other watchpoint. */
6241 if ((w1->cond_exp
6242 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6243 loc1->length,
6244 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6245 w1->cond_exp))
6246 || (w2->cond_exp
6247 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6248 loc2->length,
6249 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6250 w2->cond_exp)))
6251 return 0;
6252
6253 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6254 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6255 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6256 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6257 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6258 become hw_access locations later. */
6259 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6260 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6261 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6262 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6263}
6264
6265/* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6266 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6267 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6268 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6269
6270static int
6271breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6272 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6273{
6274 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
6275 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6276 && addr1 == addr2);
6277}
6278
6279/* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6280 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6281 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6282 space doesn't really matter. */
6283
6284static int
6285breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6286 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6287 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6288{
6289 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
6290 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6291 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6292}
6293
6294/* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6295 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6296 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6297 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6298
6299static int
6300breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6301 struct address_space *aspace,
6302 CORE_ADDR addr)
6303{
6304 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6305 aspace, addr)
6306 || (bl->length
6307 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6308 bl->address, bl->length,
6309 aspace, addr)));
6310}
6311
6312/* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6313 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6314 true, otherwise returns false. */
6315
6316static int
6317tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6318 struct bp_location *loc2)
6319{
6320 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6321 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6322 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6323 different locations. */
6324 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6325 else
6326 return 0;
6327}
6328
6329/* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6330 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6331 represent the same location. */
6332
6333static int
6334breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6335 struct bp_location *loc2)
6336{
6337 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6338
6339 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6340 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6341 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6342
6343 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6344 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6345
6346 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6347 return 0;
6348 else if (hw_point1)
6349 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6350 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6351 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6352 else
6353 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6354 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6355 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6356 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6357}
6358
6359static void
6360breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6361 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6362{
6363 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6364 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6365 char astr1[64];
6366 char astr2[64];
6367
6368 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6369 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6370 if (have_bnum)
6371 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6372 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6373 else
6374 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6375}
6376
6377/* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6378 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6379 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6380 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6381
6382static CORE_ADDR
6383adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6384 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6385{
6386 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6387 {
6388 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6389 return bpaddr;
6390 }
6391 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6392 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6393 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6394 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6395 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6396 {
6397 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6398 have their addresses modified. */
6399 return bpaddr;
6400 }
6401 else
6402 {
6403 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6404
6405 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6406 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6407 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6408
6409 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6410 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6411 is required. */
6412 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6413 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6414
6415 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6416 }
6417}
6418
6419void
6420init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6421 struct breakpoint *owner)
6422{
6423 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6424
6425 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6426
6427 loc->ops = ops;
6428 loc->owner = owner;
6429 loc->cond = NULL;
6430 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6431 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6432 loc->enabled = 1;
6433
6434 switch (owner->type)
6435 {
6436 case bp_breakpoint:
6437 case bp_until:
6438 case bp_finish:
6439 case bp_longjmp:
6440 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6441 case bp_exception:
6442 case bp_exception_resume:
6443 case bp_step_resume:
6444 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6445 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6446 case bp_call_dummy:
6447 case bp_std_terminate:
6448 case bp_shlib_event:
6449 case bp_thread_event:
6450 case bp_overlay_event:
6451 case bp_jit_event:
6452 case bp_longjmp_master:
6453 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6454 case bp_exception_master:
6455 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6456 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6457 case bp_dprintf:
6458 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6459 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6460 break;
6461 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6462 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6463 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6464 break;
6465 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6466 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6467 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6468 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6469 break;
6470 case bp_watchpoint:
6471 case bp_catchpoint:
6472 case bp_tracepoint:
6473 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6474 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6475 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6476 break;
6477 default:
6478 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6479 }
6480
6481 loc->refc = 1;
6482}
6483
6484/* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6485
6486static struct bp_location *
6487allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6488{
6489 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6490}
6491
6492static void
6493free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6494{
6495 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6496 xfree (loc);
6497}
6498
6499/* Increment reference count. */
6500
6501static void
6502incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6503{
6504 ++bl->refc;
6505}
6506
6507/* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6508 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6509
6510static void
6511decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6512{
6513 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6514
6515 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6516 free_bp_location (*blp);
6517 *blp = NULL;
6518}
6519
6520/* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6521
6522static void
6523add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6524{
6525 struct breakpoint *b1;
6526
6527 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6528 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6529
6530 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6531 if (b1 == 0)
6532 breakpoint_chain = b;
6533 else
6534 {
6535 while (b1->next)
6536 b1 = b1->next;
6537 b1->next = b;
6538 }
6539}
6540
6541/* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6542
6543static void
6544init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6545 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6546 enum bptype bptype,
6547 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6548{
6549 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6550
6551 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6552
6553 b->ops = ops;
6554 b->type = bptype;
6555 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6556 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6557 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6558 b->thread = -1;
6559 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6560 b->next = 0;
6561 b->silent = 0;
6562 b->ignore_count = 0;
6563 b->commands = NULL;
6564 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6565 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6566 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6567 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6568}
6569
6570/* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6571 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6572
6573static struct breakpoint *
6574set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6575 enum bptype bptype,
6576 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6577{
6578 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6579
6580 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6581 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6582 return b;
6583}
6584
6585/* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6586 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6587 enough. */
6588
6589static void
6590set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6591{
6592 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6593
6594 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6595 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6596 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6597 {
6598 int is_gnu_ifunc;
6599 const char *function_name;
6600 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
6601
6602 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
6603 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
6604
6605 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
6606 {
6607 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6608
6609 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
6610 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
6611 &loc->requested_address))
6612 {
6613 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6614 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
6615 loc->requested_address,
6616 b->type);
6617 }
6618 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
6619 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
6620 {
6621 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6622 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6623 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
6624 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
6625 breakpoint. */
6626 loc->related_address = func_addr;
6627 }
6628 }
6629
6630 if (function_name)
6631 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
6632 }
6633}
6634
6635/* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
6636struct gdbarch *
6637get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
6638{
6639 if (sal.section)
6640 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
6641 if (sal.symtab)
6642 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
6643
6644 return NULL;
6645}
6646
6647/* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
6648 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
6649 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
6650
6651 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6652 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6653 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
6654
6655static void
6656init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6657 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
6658 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6659{
6660 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6661
6662 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
6663
6664 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
6665 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
6666
6667 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
6668 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
6669 program space. */
6670 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6671 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
6672
6673 breakpoints_changed ();
6674}
6675
6676/* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
6677 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
6678 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
6679 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
6680 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
6681 is also returned as the value of this function.
6682
6683 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6684 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6685 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
6686 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
6687 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
6688 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
6689 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
6690
6691struct breakpoint *
6692set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6693 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
6694 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6695{
6696 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6697
6698 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
6699 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6700 return b;
6701}
6702
6703
6704/* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
6705 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
6706void
6707make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
6708{
6709 struct bp_location *bl;
6710
6711 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
6712
6713 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
6714 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
6715 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
6716 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
6717 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
6718 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6719 bl->inserted = 1;
6720}
6721
6722/* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
6723 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
6724 initiated the operation. */
6725
6726void
6727set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
6728{
6729 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6730 int thread = tp->num;
6731
6732 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
6733 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
6734 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
6735 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
6736 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6737 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6738 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
6739 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
6740 {
6741 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
6742 struct breakpoint *clone;
6743
6744 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
6745 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
6746 clone->thread = thread;
6747 }
6748
6749 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
6750}
6751
6752/* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
6753void
6754delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
6755{
6756 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6757
6758 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6759 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
6760 {
6761 if (b->thread == thread)
6762 delete_breakpoint (b);
6763 }
6764}
6765
6766void
6767delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
6768{
6769 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6770
6771 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6772 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
6773 {
6774 if (b->thread == thread)
6775 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
6776 }
6777}
6778
6779void
6780enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6781{
6782 struct breakpoint *b;
6783
6784 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6785 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6786 {
6787 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6788 update_global_location_list (1);
6789 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
6790 }
6791}
6792
6793void
6794disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6795{
6796 struct breakpoint *b;
6797
6798 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6799 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6800 {
6801 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
6802 update_global_location_list (0);
6803 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
6804 }
6805}
6806
6807/* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
6808 master breakpoint. */
6809void
6810set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6811{
6812 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6813
6814 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6815 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6816 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
6817 {
6818 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
6819 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
6820 }
6821}
6822
6823/* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6824void
6825delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6826{
6827 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6828
6829 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6830 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
6831 delete_breakpoint (b);
6832}
6833
6834struct breakpoint *
6835create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6836{
6837 struct breakpoint *b;
6838
6839 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
6840 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6841
6842 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6843 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6844 b->addr_string
6845 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
6846
6847 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6848
6849 return b;
6850}
6851
6852void
6853remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6854{
6855 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6856
6857 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6858 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
6859 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6860 delete_breakpoint (b);
6861}
6862
6863struct lang_and_radix
6864 {
6865 enum language lang;
6866 int radix;
6867 };
6868
6869/* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6870
6871struct breakpoint *
6872create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6873{
6874 struct breakpoint *b;
6875
6876 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
6877 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6878 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6879 return b;
6880}
6881
6882/* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6883
6884void
6885remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6886{
6887 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6888
6889 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6890 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
6891 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6892 delete_breakpoint (b);
6893}
6894
6895void
6896remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6897{
6898 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6899
6900 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6901 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
6902 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6903 delete_breakpoint (b);
6904}
6905
6906struct breakpoint *
6907create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6908{
6909 struct breakpoint *b;
6910
6911 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
6912 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6913 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6914 return b;
6915}
6916
6917/* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6918 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6919
6920void
6921disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6922{
6923 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6924
6925 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6926 {
6927 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6928 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6929
6930 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6931 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6932 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6933 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6934 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6935 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
6936 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
6937 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6938 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
6939 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
6940 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6941#ifdef PC_SOLIB
6942 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
6943#else
6944 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
6945#endif
6946 )
6947 {
6948 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6949 }
6950 }
6951}
6952
6953/* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
6954 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6955 disabled. */
6956
6957static void
6958disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
6959{
6960 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6961 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
6962
6963 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6964 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6965 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6966 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6967 if (exec_bfd != NULL
6968 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
6969 return;
6970
6971 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6972 {
6973 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6974 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6975
6976 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
6977 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6978 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6979 || b->type == bp_jit_event
6980 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6981 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6982 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
6983 || is_tracepoint (b))
6984 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
6985 {
6986 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6987 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6988 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6989 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6990 loc->inserted = 0;
6991
6992 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6993 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
6994
6995 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
6996 {
6997 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6998 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6999 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7000 solib->so_name);
7001 }
7002 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7003 }
7004 }
7005}
7006
7007/* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7008
7009/* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7010 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7011 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7012 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7013 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7014
7015struct fork_catchpoint
7016{
7017 /* The base class. */
7018 struct breakpoint base;
7019
7020 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7021 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7022 catchpoint has triggered. */
7023 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7024};
7025
7026/* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7027 catchpoints. */
7028
7029static int
7030insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7031{
7032 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7033}
7034
7035/* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7036 catchpoints. */
7037
7038static int
7039remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7040{
7041 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7042}
7043
7044/* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7045 catchpoints. */
7046
7047static int
7048breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7049 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7050 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7051{
7052 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7053
7054 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7055 return 0;
7056
7057 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7058 return 1;
7059}
7060
7061/* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7062 catchpoints. */
7063
7064static enum print_stop_action
7065print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7066{
7067 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7068 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7069 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7070
7071 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7072 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7073 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7074 else
7075 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7076 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7077 {
7078 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7079 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7080 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7081 }
7082 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7083 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7084 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7085 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7086 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7087}
7088
7089/* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7090 catchpoints. */
7091
7092static void
7093print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7094{
7095 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7096 struct value_print_options opts;
7097 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7098
7099 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7100
7101 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7102 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7103 readable). */
7104 if (opts.addressprint)
7105 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7106 annotate_field (5);
7107 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7108 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7109 {
7110 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7111 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7112 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7113 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7114 }
7115}
7116
7117/* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7118 catchpoints. */
7119
7120static void
7121print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7122{
7123 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7124}
7125
7126/* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7127 catchpoints. */
7128
7129static void
7130print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7131{
7132 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7133 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7134}
7135
7136/* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7137
7138static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7139
7140/* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7141 catchpoints. */
7142
7143static int
7144insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7145{
7146 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7147}
7148
7149/* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7150 catchpoints. */
7151
7152static int
7153remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7154{
7155 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7156}
7157
7158/* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7159 catchpoints. */
7160
7161static int
7162breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7163 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7164 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7165{
7166 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7167
7168 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7169 return 0;
7170
7171 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7172 return 1;
7173}
7174
7175/* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7176 catchpoints. */
7177
7178static enum print_stop_action
7179print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7180{
7181 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7182 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7183 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7184
7185 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7186 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7187 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7188 else
7189 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7190 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7191 {
7192 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7193 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7194 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7195 }
7196 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7197 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7198 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7199 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7200 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7201}
7202
7203/* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7204 catchpoints. */
7205
7206static void
7207print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7208{
7209 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7210 struct value_print_options opts;
7211 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7212
7213 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7214 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7215 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7216 readable). */
7217 if (opts.addressprint)
7218 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7219 annotate_field (5);
7220 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7221 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7222 {
7223 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7224 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7225 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7226 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7227 }
7228}
7229
7230/* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7231 catchpoints. */
7232
7233static void
7234print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7235{
7236 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7237}
7238
7239/* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7240 catchpoints. */
7241
7242static void
7243print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7244{
7245 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7246 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7247}
7248
7249/* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7250
7251static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7252
7253/* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7254 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7255 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7256 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7257 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7258
7259struct solib_catchpoint
7260{
7261 /* The base class. */
7262 struct breakpoint base;
7263
7264 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7265 unsigned char is_load;
7266
7267 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7268 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7269 char *regex;
7270 regex_t compiled;
7271};
7272
7273static void
7274dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7275{
7276 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7277
7278 if (self->regex)
7279 regfree (&self->compiled);
7280 xfree (self->regex);
7281
7282 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7283}
7284
7285static int
7286insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7287{
7288 return 0;
7289}
7290
7291static int
7292remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7293{
7294 return 0;
7295}
7296
7297static int
7298breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7299 struct address_space *aspace,
7300 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7301 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7302{
7303 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7304 struct breakpoint *other;
7305
7306 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7307 return 1;
7308
7309 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7310 {
7311 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7312
7313 if (other == bl->owner)
7314 continue;
7315
7316 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7317 continue;
7318
7319 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7320 continue;
7321
7322 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7323 {
7324 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7325 return 1;
7326 }
7327 }
7328
7329 return 0;
7330}
7331
7332static void
7333check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7334{
7335 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7336 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7337 int ix;
7338
7339 if (self->is_load)
7340 {
7341 struct so_list *iter;
7342
7343 for (ix = 0;
7344 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7345 ix, iter);
7346 ++ix)
7347 {
7348 if (!self->regex
7349 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7350 return;
7351 }
7352 }
7353 else
7354 {
7355 char *iter;
7356
7357 for (ix = 0;
7358 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7359 ix, iter);
7360 ++ix)
7361 {
7362 if (!self->regex
7363 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7364 return;
7365 }
7366 }
7367
7368 bs->stop = 0;
7369 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7370}
7371
7372static enum print_stop_action
7373print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7374{
7375 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7376 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7377
7378 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7379 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7380 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7381 else
7382 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7383 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7384 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7385 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7386 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7387 print_solib_event (1);
7388 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7389}
7390
7391static void
7392print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7393{
7394 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7395 struct value_print_options opts;
7396 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7397 char *msg;
7398
7399 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7400 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7401 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7402 readable). */
7403 if (opts.addressprint)
7404 {
7405 annotate_field (4);
7406 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7407 }
7408
7409 annotate_field (5);
7410 if (self->is_load)
7411 {
7412 if (self->regex)
7413 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7414 else
7415 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7416 }
7417 else
7418 {
7419 if (self->regex)
7420 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7421 else
7422 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7423 }
7424 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7425 xfree (msg);
7426}
7427
7428static void
7429print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7430{
7431 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7432
7433 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7434 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7435}
7436
7437static void
7438print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7439{
7440 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7441
7442 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7443 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7444 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7445 if (self->regex)
7446 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7447 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7448}
7449
7450static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7451
7452/* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7453 "catch unload". */
7454
7455static void
7456catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7457 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7458{
7459 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7460 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7461 int tempflag;
7462 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7463
7464 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7465
7466 if (!arg)
7467 arg = "";
7468 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7469
7470 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7471 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7472
7473 if (*arg != '\0')
7474 {
7475 int errcode;
7476
7477 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7478 if (errcode != 0)
7479 {
7480 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7481
7482 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7483 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7484 }
7485 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7486 }
7487
7488 c->is_load = is_load;
7489 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL,
7490 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7491
7492 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7493 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7494}
7495
7496static void
7497catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7498 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7499{
7500 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7501}
7502
7503static void
7504catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7505 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7506{
7507 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
7508}
7509
7510DEF_VEC_I(int);
7511
7512/* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7513 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7514 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7515 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7516 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7517
7518struct syscall_catchpoint
7519{
7520 /* The base class. */
7521 struct breakpoint base;
7522
7523 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7524 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7525 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7526 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7527 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
7528};
7529
7530/* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7531 catchpoints. */
7532
7533static void
7534dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7535{
7536 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7537
7538 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
7539
7540 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7541}
7542
7543static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
7544
7545struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
7546{
7547 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
7548 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
7549 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
7550
7551 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
7552 int any_syscall_count;
7553
7554 /* Count of each system call. */
7555 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
7556
7557 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
7558 if any catching is necessary. */
7559 int total_syscalls_count;
7560};
7561
7562static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
7563get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
7564{
7565 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
7566
7567 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
7568 if (inf_data == NULL)
7569 {
7570 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
7571 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
7572 }
7573
7574 return inf_data;
7575}
7576
7577static void
7578catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
7579{
7580 xfree (arg);
7581}
7582
7583
7584/* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7585 catchpoints. */
7586
7587static int
7588insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
7589{
7590 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7591 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
7592 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
7593 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
7594
7595 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
7596 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7597 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
7598 else
7599 {
7600 int i, iter;
7601
7602 for (i = 0;
7603 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7604 i++)
7605 {
7606 int elem;
7607
7608 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
7609 {
7610 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
7611 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
7612 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
7613 uintptr_t vec_addr;
7614 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
7615 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
7616 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
7617 + vec_addr_offset);
7618 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
7619 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
7620 }
7621 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
7622 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
7623 }
7624 }
7625
7626 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
7627 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
7628 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
7629 VEC_length (int,
7630 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
7631 VEC_address (int,
7632 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
7633}
7634
7635/* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7636 catchpoints. */
7637
7638static int
7639remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
7640{
7641 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7642 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
7643 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
7644 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
7645
7646 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
7647 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7648 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
7649 else
7650 {
7651 int i, iter;
7652
7653 for (i = 0;
7654 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7655 i++)
7656 {
7657 int elem;
7658 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
7659 /* Shouldn't happen. */
7660 continue;
7661 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
7662 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
7663 }
7664 }
7665
7666 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
7667 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
7668 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
7669 VEC_length (int,
7670 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
7671 VEC_address (int,
7672 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
7673}
7674
7675/* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7676 catchpoints. */
7677
7678static int
7679breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
7680 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7681 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7682{
7683 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
7684 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
7685 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
7686 int syscall_number = 0;
7687 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
7688 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7689
7690 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7691 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
7692 return 0;
7693
7694 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
7695
7696 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
7697 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7698 {
7699 int i, iter;
7700
7701 for (i = 0;
7702 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7703 i++)
7704 if (syscall_number == iter)
7705 break;
7706 /* Not the same. */
7707 if (!iter)
7708 return 0;
7709 }
7710
7711 return 1;
7712}
7713
7714/* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7715 catchpoints. */
7716
7717static enum print_stop_action
7718print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
7719{
7720 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7721 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7722 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
7723 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7724 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
7725 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
7726 ptid_t ptid;
7727 struct target_waitstatus last;
7728 struct syscall s;
7729
7730 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
7731
7732 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
7733
7734 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7735
7736 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7737 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7738 else
7739 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7740 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7741 {
7742 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7743 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7744 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7745 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
7746 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7747 }
7748 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7749
7750 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
7751 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
7752 else
7753 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
7754
7755 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7756 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
7757 if (s.name != NULL)
7758 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
7759
7760 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7761
7762 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7763}
7764
7765/* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7766 catchpoints. */
7767
7768static void
7769print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
7770 struct bp_location **last_loc)
7771{
7772 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7773 struct value_print_options opts;
7774 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7775
7776 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7777 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7778 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7779 readable). */
7780 if (opts.addressprint)
7781 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7782 annotate_field (5);
7783
7784 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
7785 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
7786 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
7787 else
7788 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
7789
7790 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7791 {
7792 int i, iter;
7793 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
7794
7795 for (i = 0;
7796 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7797 i++)
7798 {
7799 char *x = text;
7800 struct syscall s;
7801 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7802
7803 if (s.name != NULL)
7804 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
7805 else
7806 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
7807
7808 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
7809 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
7810 on every call. */
7811 xfree (x);
7812 }
7813 /* Remove the last comma. */
7814 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
7815 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
7816 }
7817 else
7818 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
7819 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
7820}
7821
7822/* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7823 catchpoints. */
7824
7825static void
7826print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7827{
7828 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7829
7830 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7831 {
7832 int i, iter;
7833
7834 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
7835 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
7836 else
7837 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
7838
7839 for (i = 0;
7840 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7841 i++)
7842 {
7843 struct syscall s;
7844 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7845
7846 if (s.name)
7847 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
7848 else
7849 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
7850 }
7851 printf_filtered (")");
7852 }
7853 else
7854 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
7855 b->number);
7856}
7857
7858/* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7859 catchpoints. */
7860
7861static void
7862print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7863{
7864 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7865
7866 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
7867
7868 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7869 {
7870 int i, iter;
7871
7872 for (i = 0;
7873 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7874 i++)
7875 {
7876 struct syscall s;
7877
7878 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7879 if (s.name)
7880 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
7881 else
7882 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
7883 }
7884 }
7885 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7886}
7887
7888/* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
7889
7890static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
7891
7892/* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
7893
7894static int
7895syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
7896{
7897 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
7898}
7899
7900/* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
7901 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
7902 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
7903 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
7904
7905static void
7906init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7907 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
7908 char *cond_string,
7909 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7910{
7911 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7912
7913 init_sal (&sal);
7914 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
7915
7916 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
7917
7918 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
7919 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
7920}
7921
7922void
7923install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
7924{
7925 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7926 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
7927 if (!internal)
7928 mention (b);
7929 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
7930
7931 if (update_gll)
7932 update_global_location_list (1);
7933}
7934
7935static void
7936create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7937 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
7938 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7939{
7940 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
7941
7942 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
7943
7944 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
7945
7946 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7947}
7948
7949/* Exec catchpoints. */
7950
7951/* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
7952 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7953 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7954 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7955 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7956
7957struct exec_catchpoint
7958{
7959 /* The base class. */
7960 struct breakpoint base;
7961
7962 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
7963 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
7964 triggered. */
7965 char *exec_pathname;
7966};
7967
7968/* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
7969 catchpoints. */
7970
7971static void
7972dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
7973{
7974 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
7975
7976 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
7977
7978 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7979}
7980
7981static int
7982insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
7983{
7984 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7985}
7986
7987static int
7988remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
7989{
7990 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7991}
7992
7993static int
7994breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
7995 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7996 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7997{
7998 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7999
8000 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8001 return 0;
8002
8003 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8004 return 1;
8005}
8006
8007static enum print_stop_action
8008print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8009{
8010 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8011 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8012 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8013
8014 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8015 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8016 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8017 else
8018 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8019 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8020 {
8021 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8022 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8023 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8024 }
8025 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8026 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8027 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8028 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8029
8030 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8031}
8032
8033static void
8034print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8035{
8036 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8037 struct value_print_options opts;
8038 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8039
8040 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8041
8042 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8043 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8044 is relatively readable). */
8045 if (opts.addressprint)
8046 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8047 annotate_field (5);
8048 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8049 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8050 {
8051 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8052 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8053 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8054 }
8055}
8056
8057static void
8058print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8059{
8060 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8061}
8062
8063/* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8064 catchpoints. */
8065
8066static void
8067print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8068{
8069 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8070 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8071}
8072
8073static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8074
8075static void
8076create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8077 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8078{
8079 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8080 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8081
8082 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8083 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8084 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8085
8086 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8087}
8088
8089static int
8090hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8091{
8092 int i = 0;
8093 struct breakpoint *b;
8094 struct bp_location *bl;
8095
8096 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8097 {
8098 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8099 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8100 {
8101 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8102 one register. */
8103 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8104 }
8105 }
8106
8107 return i;
8108}
8109
8110/* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8111 watchpoint. */
8112
8113static int
8114hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8115{
8116 int i = 0;
8117 struct bp_location *bl;
8118
8119 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8120 return 0;
8121
8122 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8123 {
8124 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8125 one register. */
8126 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8127 }
8128
8129 return i;
8130}
8131
8132/* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8133 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8134 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8135 types _not_ TYPE. */
8136
8137static int
8138hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8139 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8140{
8141 int i = 0;
8142 struct breakpoint *b;
8143
8144 *other_type_used = 0;
8145 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8146 {
8147 if (b == except)
8148 continue;
8149 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8150 continue;
8151
8152 if (b->type == type)
8153 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8154 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8155 *other_type_used = 1;
8156 }
8157
8158 return i;
8159}
8160
8161void
8162disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8163{
8164 struct breakpoint *b;
8165
8166 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8167 {
8168 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8169 {
8170 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8171 update_global_location_list (0);
8172 }
8173 }
8174}
8175
8176void
8177enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8178{
8179 struct breakpoint *b;
8180
8181 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8182 {
8183 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8184 {
8185 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8186 update_global_location_list (1);
8187 }
8188 }
8189}
8190
8191void
8192disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8193{
8194 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8195 update_global_location_list (0);
8196}
8197
8198void
8199enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8200{
8201 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8202 breakpoint_re_set ();
8203}
8204
8205
8206/* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8207 at address specified by SAL.
8208 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8209
8210struct breakpoint *
8211set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8212 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8213{
8214 struct breakpoint *b;
8215
8216 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
8217 one. */
8218 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
8219
8220 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8221 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8222 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8223 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8224
8225 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8226 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8227 control. */
8228 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8229 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8230
8231 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8232
8233 return b;
8234}
8235
8236/* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8237 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8238 breakpoint_ops. */
8239
8240static struct breakpoint *
8241momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8242 enum bptype type,
8243 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8244{
8245 struct breakpoint *copy;
8246
8247 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8248 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8249 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8250
8251 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8252 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8253 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8254 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8255 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8256 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8257
8258 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
8259 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
8260
8261 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8262 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8263 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8264 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8265
8266 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8267 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8268 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8269
8270 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8271 return copy;
8272}
8273
8274/* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8275 ORIG is NULL. */
8276
8277struct breakpoint *
8278clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8279{
8280 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8281 if (orig == NULL)
8282 return NULL;
8283
8284 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8285}
8286
8287struct breakpoint *
8288set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8289 enum bptype type)
8290{
8291 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8292
8293 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8294 sal.pc = pc;
8295 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8296 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8297
8298 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8299}
8300\f
8301
8302/* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8303
8304static void
8305mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8306{
8307 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8308 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8309 return;
8310 printf_filtered ("\n");
8311}
8312\f
8313
8314static struct bp_location *
8315add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8316 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8317{
8318 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8319 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8320 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8321
8322 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8323 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8324
8325 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8326 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8327 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8328 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8329 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8330 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8331 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8332 sal->pc, b->type);
8333
8334 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8335 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8336 ;
8337 *tmp = loc;
8338
8339 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8340 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8341 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8342 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8343 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8344 loc->section = sal->section;
8345 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8346
8347 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
8348 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
8349 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8350
8351 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8352 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8353 return loc;
8354}
8355\f
8356
8357/* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8358 return 0 otherwise. */
8359
8360static int
8361bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8362{
8363 int len;
8364 CORE_ADDR addr;
8365 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8366 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8367 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8368 int retval = 0;
8369
8370 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8371
8372 addr = loc->address;
8373 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8374
8375 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8376 if (bpoint == NULL)
8377 return 0;
8378
8379 target_mem = alloca (len);
8380
8381 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8382 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8383 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8384 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8385
8386 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8387 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8388
8389 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8390 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8391 retval = 1;
8392
8393 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8394
8395 return retval;
8396}
8397
8398/* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
8399 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
8400 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
8401 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
8402 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
8403 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. (Future
8404 styles may include the ability to do a target-side printf.) */
8405
8406static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
8407static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
8408static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
8409 dprintf_style_gdb,
8410 dprintf_style_call,
8411 NULL
8412};
8413static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
8414
8415/* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
8416 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
8417 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
8418 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
8419
8420static char *dprintf_function = "";
8421
8422/* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
8423 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
8424 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
8425 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
8426 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
8427 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
8428 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
8429
8430static char *dprintf_channel = "";
8431
8432/* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8433 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8434
8435static void
8436update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8437{
8438 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8439 char *printf_line = NULL;
8440
8441 if (!dprintf_args)
8442 return;
8443
8444 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8445
8446 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8447 insist on it. */
8448 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8449 ++dprintf_args;
8450 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8451
8452 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8453 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8454
8455 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, "gdb") == 0)
8456 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8457 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, "call") == 0)
8458 {
8459 if (!dprintf_function)
8460 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8461
8462 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8463 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8464 dprintf_function,
8465 dprintf_channel,
8466 dprintf_args);
8467 else
8468 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8469 dprintf_function,
8470 dprintf_args);
8471 }
8472 else
8473 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8474 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8475
8476 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8477 if (printf_line)
8478 {
8479 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8480
8481 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8482 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8483 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8484 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8485 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8486 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8487
8488 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8489 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8490 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8491 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8492 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8493 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8494
8495 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8496 }
8497}
8498
8499/* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8500 current style settings. */
8501
8502static void
8503update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8504 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8505{
8506 struct breakpoint *b;
8507
8508 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8509 {
8510 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8511 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8512 }
8513}
8514
8515/* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8516 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8517 as condition expression. */
8518
8519static void
8520init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8521 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8522 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8523 char *extra_string,
8524 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8525 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8526 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8527 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8528 int display_canonical)
8529{
8530 int i;
8531
8532 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8533 {
8534 int target_resources_ok;
8535
8536 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8537 target_resources_ok =
8538 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8539 i + 1, 0);
8540 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8541 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8542 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8543 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8544 }
8545
8546 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
8547
8548 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
8549 {
8550 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
8551 struct bp_location *loc;
8552
8553 if (from_tty)
8554 {
8555 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8556 if (!loc_gdbarch)
8557 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8558
8559 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8560 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
8561 }
8562
8563 if (i == 0)
8564 {
8565 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
8566 b->thread = thread;
8567 b->task = task;
8568
8569 b->cond_string = cond_string;
8570 b->extra_string = extra_string;
8571 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8572 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8573 b->disposition = disposition;
8574
8575 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8576 b->loc->inserted = 1;
8577
8578 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
8579 {
8580 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
8581 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
8582
8583 if (strace_marker_p (b))
8584 {
8585 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8586 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8587 char *p = &addr_string[3];
8588 char *endp;
8589 char *marker_str;
8590
8591 p = skip_spaces (p);
8592
8593 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8594
8595 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
8596 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
8597
8598 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8599 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
8600 t->static_trace_marker_id);
8601 }
8602 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
8603 {
8604 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
8605 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
8606
8607 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8608 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
8609 t->static_trace_marker_id);
8610 }
8611 else
8612 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8613 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8614 }
8615
8616 loc = b->loc;
8617 }
8618 else
8619 {
8620 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
8621 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8622 loc->inserted = 1;
8623 }
8624
8625 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
8626 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
8627
8628 if (b->cond_string)
8629 {
8630 char *arg = b->cond_string;
8631 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
8632 if (*arg)
8633 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
8634 }
8635
8636 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8637 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8638 if (type == bp_dprintf)
8639 {
8640 if (b->extra_string)
8641 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8642 else
8643 error (_("Format string required"));
8644 }
8645 else if (b->extra_string)
8646 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
8647 }
8648
8649 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
8650 if (addr_string)
8651 b->addr_string = addr_string;
8652 else
8653 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
8654 me. */
8655 b->addr_string
8656 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
8657 b->filter = filter;
8658}
8659
8660static void
8661create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8662 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8663 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8664 char *extra_string,
8665 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8666 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8667 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8668 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8669 int display_canonical)
8670{
8671 struct breakpoint *b;
8672 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8673
8674 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
8675 {
8676 struct tracepoint *t;
8677
8678 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
8679 b = &t->base;
8680 }
8681 else
8682 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
8683
8684 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
8685
8686 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
8687 sals, addr_string,
8688 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
8689 type, disposition,
8690 thread, task, ignore_count,
8691 ops, from_tty,
8692 enabled, internal, flags,
8693 display_canonical);
8694 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
8695
8696 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
8697}
8698
8699/* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8700 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8701 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8702 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8703 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8704 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8705 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8706 we take just a single condition string.
8707
8708 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8709 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8710 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8711 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8712 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8713
8714static void
8715create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8716 struct linespec_result *canonical,
8717 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
8718 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8719 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8720 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8721 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
8722{
8723 int i;
8724 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
8725
8726 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
8727 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
8728
8729 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
8730 {
8731 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8732 'break', without arguments. */
8733 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
8734 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
8735 : NULL);
8736 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
8737 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
8738
8739 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
8740 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
8741 addr_string,
8742 filter_string,
8743 cond_string, extra_string,
8744 type, disposition,
8745 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
8746 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
8747 canonical->special_display);
8748 discard_cleanups (inner);
8749 }
8750}
8751
8752/* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8753 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8754 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
8755 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
8756
8757 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8758 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8759
8760static void
8761parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
8762 struct linespec_result *canonical)
8763{
8764 char *addr_start = *address;
8765
8766 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
8767 breakpoint. */
8768 if ((*address) == NULL
8769 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
8770 {
8771 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
8772 address. */
8773 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8774 {
8775 struct linespec_sals lsal;
8776 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8777
8778 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
8779 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
8780 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
8781
8782 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
8783 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. */
8784 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
8785 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
8786
8787 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
8788 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
8789 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
8790 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
8791 instances with the same symtab and line. */
8792 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8793
8794 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
8795 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
8796 lsal.canonical = NULL;
8797
8798 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
8799 }
8800 else
8801 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
8802 }
8803 else
8804 {
8805 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
8806 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
8807 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
8808 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone. */
8809 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8810 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
8811 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
8812 get_last_displayed_line (),
8813 canonical, NULL, NULL);
8814 else
8815 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
8816 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
8817 canonical, NULL, NULL);
8818 }
8819}
8820
8821
8822/* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
8823 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
8824
8825static void
8826breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
8827{
8828 int i;
8829
8830 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
8831 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
8832}
8833
8834/* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
8835 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
8836 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
8837 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
8838 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
8839 it, etc. */
8840
8841static void
8842check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8843 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
8844{
8845 int i, rslt;
8846 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
8847 char *msg;
8848 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8849
8850 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
8851 {
8852 struct gdbarch *sarch;
8853
8854 sal = &sals->sals[i];
8855
8856 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8857 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
8858 associated with SAL. */
8859 if (sarch == NULL)
8860 sarch = gdbarch;
8861 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
8862 NULL, &msg);
8863 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
8864
8865 if (!rslt)
8866 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
8867 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
8868
8869 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8870 }
8871}
8872
8873/* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
8874 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
8875 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
8876 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
8877 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
8878 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
8879
8880static void
8881find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
8882 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
8883 char **rest)
8884{
8885 *cond_string = NULL;
8886 *thread = -1;
8887 while (tok && *tok)
8888 {
8889 char *end_tok;
8890 int toklen;
8891 char *cond_start = NULL;
8892 char *cond_end = NULL;
8893
8894 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
8895
8896 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
8897 {
8898 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
8899 return;
8900 }
8901
8902 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
8903
8904 toklen = end_tok - tok;
8905
8906 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
8907 {
8908 struct expression *expr;
8909
8910 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
8911 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
8912 xfree (expr);
8913 cond_end = tok;
8914 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
8915 }
8916 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
8917 {
8918 char *tmptok;
8919
8920 tok = end_tok + 1;
8921 tmptok = tok;
8922 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
8923 if (tok == tmptok)
8924 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
8925 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
8926 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
8927 }
8928 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
8929 {
8930 char *tmptok;
8931
8932 tok = end_tok + 1;
8933 tmptok = tok;
8934 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
8935 if (tok == tmptok)
8936 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
8937 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
8938 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
8939 }
8940 else if (rest)
8941 {
8942 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
8943 return;
8944 }
8945 else
8946 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8947 }
8948}
8949
8950/* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
8951
8952static struct symtabs_and_lines
8953decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
8954{
8955 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
8956 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8957 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8958 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
8959 char *endp;
8960 char *marker_str;
8961 int i;
8962
8963 p = skip_spaces (p);
8964
8965 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8966
8967 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
8968 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
8969
8970 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
8971 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
8972 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
8973
8974 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
8975 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
8976
8977 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
8978 {
8979 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
8980
8981 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
8982
8983 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
8984
8985 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
8986 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
8987
8988 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
8989 }
8990
8991 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8992
8993 *arg_p = endp;
8994 return sals;
8995}
8996
8997/* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
8998 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
8999 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9000 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9001 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9002 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9003 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9004 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9005 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9006 false otherwise. */
9007
9008int
9009create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9010 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9011 int thread, char *extra_string,
9012 int parse_condition_and_thread,
9013 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9014 int ignore_count,
9015 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9016 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9017 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9018 unsigned flags)
9019{
9020 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9021 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9022 char *addr_start = arg;
9023 struct linespec_result canonical;
9024 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9025 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9026 int pending = 0;
9027 int task = 0;
9028 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9029
9030 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9031
9032 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9033
9034 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9035 {
9036 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9037 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9038 }
9039
9040 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9041 switch (e.reason)
9042 {
9043 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9044 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9045 return 0;
9046 break;
9047 case RETURN_ERROR:
9048 switch (e.error)
9049 {
9050 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9051
9052 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9053 error. */
9054
9055 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9056 throw_exception (e);
9057
9058 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9059
9060 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9061 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9062 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9063 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9064 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9065 return 0;
9066
9067 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9068 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9069 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9070 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9071 {
9072 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9073
9074 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9075 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9076 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9077 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9078 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9079 pending = 1;
9080 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9081 }
9082 break;
9083 default:
9084 throw_exception (e);
9085 }
9086 break;
9087 default:
9088 throw_exception (e);
9089 }
9090
9091 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9092 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9093
9094 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9095 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9096 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9097 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9098 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9099
9100 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9101 are ok for the target. */
9102 if (!pending)
9103 {
9104 int ix;
9105 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9106
9107 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9108 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9109 }
9110
9111 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9112 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9113 {
9114 int ix;
9115 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9116
9117 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9118 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9119 }
9120
9121 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9122 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9123 breakpoint. */
9124 if (!pending)
9125 {
9126 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9127
9128 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9129
9130 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9131 {
9132 char *rest;
9133 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9134 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9135 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9136 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9137 cond_string = NULL;
9138 thread = -1;
9139 rest = NULL;
9140 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9141 &thread, &task, &rest);
9142 if (cond_string)
9143 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9144 if (rest)
9145 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9146 if (rest)
9147 extra_string = rest;
9148 }
9149 else
9150 {
9151 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9152 if (cond_string)
9153 {
9154 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9155 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9156 }
9157 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9158 if (extra_string)
9159 {
9160 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9161 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9162 }
9163 }
9164
9165 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9166 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9167 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9168 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9169 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9170 }
9171 else
9172 {
9173 struct breakpoint *b;
9174
9175 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9176
9177 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9178 {
9179 struct tracepoint *t;
9180
9181 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9182 b = &t->base;
9183 }
9184 else
9185 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9186
9187 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9188
9189 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9190 b->cond_string = NULL;
9191 b->extra_string = NULL;
9192 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9193 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9194 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9195 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9196 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9197 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9198 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9199
9200 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9201 }
9202
9203 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9204 {
9205 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9206 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9207 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9208 }
9209
9210 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9211 breakpoint. */
9212 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9213 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9214 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9215
9216 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9217 update_global_location_list (1);
9218
9219 return 1;
9220}
9221
9222/* Set a breakpoint.
9223 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9224 condition, and thread.
9225 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9226 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9227 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9228
9229static void
9230break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9231{
9232 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9233 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9234 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9235 : bp_breakpoint);
9236 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9237 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9238
9239 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9240 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9241 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9242 else
9243 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9244
9245 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9246 arg,
9247 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9248 tempflag, type_wanted,
9249 0 /* Ignore count */,
9250 pending_break_support,
9251 ops,
9252 from_tty,
9253 1 /* enabled */,
9254 0 /* internal */,
9255 0);
9256}
9257
9258/* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9259
9260void
9261resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9262{
9263 CORE_ADDR pc;
9264
9265 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9266 {
9267 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9268 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9269 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
9270 sal->pc = pc;
9271
9272 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9273 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9274 if (sal->explicit_line)
9275 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9276 }
9277
9278 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9279 {
9280 struct blockvector *bv;
9281 struct block *b;
9282 struct symbol *sym;
9283
9284 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9285 if (bv != NULL)
9286 {
9287 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9288 if (sym != NULL)
9289 {
9290 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9291 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
9292 }
9293 else
9294 {
9295 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9296 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9297 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9298 happen in assembly source). */
9299
9300 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
9301 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9302
9303 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9304
9305 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9306 if (msym)
9307 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
9308
9309 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9310 }
9311 }
9312 }
9313}
9314
9315void
9316break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9317{
9318 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9319}
9320
9321void
9322tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9323{
9324 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9325}
9326
9327static void
9328hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9329{
9330 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9331}
9332
9333static void
9334thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9335{
9336 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9337}
9338
9339static void
9340stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9341{
9342 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9343Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9344 stop at <line>\n"));
9345}
9346
9347static void
9348stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9349{
9350 int badInput = 0;
9351
9352 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9353 badInput = 1;
9354 else if (*arg != '*')
9355 {
9356 char *argptr = arg;
9357 int hasColon = 0;
9358
9359 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9360 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9361 function/method name. */
9362 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9363 {
9364 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9365 argptr++;
9366 }
9367
9368 if (hasColon)
9369 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9370 else
9371 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9372 }
9373
9374 if (badInput)
9375 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9376 else
9377 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9378}
9379
9380static void
9381stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9382{
9383 int badInput = 0;
9384
9385 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9386 badInput = 1;
9387 else
9388 {
9389 char *argptr = arg;
9390 int hasColon = 0;
9391
9392 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9393 it is probably a line number. */
9394 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9395 {
9396 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9397 argptr++;
9398 }
9399
9400 if (hasColon)
9401 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9402 else
9403 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9404 }
9405
9406 if (badInput)
9407 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9408 else
9409 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9410}
9411
9412void dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
9413
9414/* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9415 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9416 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9417 line. */
9418
9419void
9420dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9421{
9422 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9423 arg,
9424 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9425 0, bp_dprintf,
9426 0 /* Ignore count */,
9427 pending_break_support,
9428 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9429 from_tty,
9430 1 /* enabled */,
9431 0 /* internal */,
9432 0);
9433}
9434
9435/* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9436 ranged breakpoints. */
9437
9438static int
9439breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9440 struct address_space *aspace,
9441 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9442 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9443{
9444 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9445 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9446 return 0;
9447
9448 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9449 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9450}
9451
9452/* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9453 ranged breakpoints. */
9454
9455static int
9456resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9457{
9458 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9459}
9460
9461/* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9462 ranged breakpoints. */
9463
9464static enum print_stop_action
9465print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9466{
9467 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9468 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9469 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9470
9471 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9472
9473 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9474 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9475
9476 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9477 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9478 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9479 else
9480 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9481 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9482 {
9483 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9484 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9485 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9486 }
9487 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9488 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
9489
9490 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9491}
9492
9493/* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9494 ranged breakpoints. */
9495
9496static void
9497print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9498 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9499{
9500 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9501 struct value_print_options opts;
9502 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9503
9504 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9505 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9506
9507 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9508
9509 if (opts.addressprint)
9510 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9511 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9512 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
9513 annotate_field (5);
9514 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
9515 *last_loc = bl;
9516}
9517
9518/* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9519 ranged breakpoints. */
9520
9521static void
9522print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9523 struct ui_out *uiout)
9524{
9525 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
9526 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9527 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
9528 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
9529
9530 gdb_assert (bl);
9531
9532 address_start = bl->address;
9533 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
9534
9535 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
9536 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
9537 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
9538 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
9539 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
9540 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9541
9542 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9543}
9544
9545/* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9546 ranged breakpoints. */
9547
9548static void
9549print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9550{
9551 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9552 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9553
9554 gdb_assert (bl);
9555 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9556
9557 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9558 return;
9559
9560 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9561 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
9562 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
9563}
9564
9565/* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9566 ranged breakpoints. */
9567
9568static void
9569print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9570{
9571 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
9572 b->addr_string_range_end);
9573 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9574}
9575
9576/* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9577
9578static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
9579
9580/* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9581 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9582 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9583 last instruction of the given line. */
9584
9585static CORE_ADDR
9586find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
9587{
9588 CORE_ADDR end;
9589
9590 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9591 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9592 if (sal.explicit_pc)
9593 end = sal.pc;
9594 else
9595 {
9596 int ret;
9597 CORE_ADDR start;
9598
9599 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
9600 if (!ret)
9601 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9602
9603 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9604 end--;
9605 }
9606
9607 return end;
9608}
9609
9610/* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9611
9612static void
9613break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9614{
9615 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
9616 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
9617 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
9618 CORE_ADDR end;
9619 struct breakpoint *b;
9620 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
9621 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
9622 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
9623
9624 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9625 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9626 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9627
9628 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9629 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9630 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9631 bp_count, 0);
9632 if (can_use_bp < 0)
9633 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9634
9635 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9636 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
9637 error(_("No address range specified."));
9638
9639 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
9640
9641 arg_start = arg;
9642 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
9643
9644 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
9645
9646 if (arg[0] != ',')
9647 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9648 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
9649 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9650
9651 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
9652
9653 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
9654 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
9655 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9656
9657 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
9658 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
9659 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
9660
9661 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
9662 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9663
9664 /* Parse the end location. */
9665
9666 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
9667 arg_start = arg;
9668
9669 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9670 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9671 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9672 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9673 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9674 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9675 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
9676 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
9677
9678 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
9679
9680 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
9681 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9682
9683 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
9684 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
9685 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
9686 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9687
9688 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
9689 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
9690 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
9691
9692 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
9693 if (sal_start.pc > end)
9694 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9695
9696 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
9697 if (length < 0)
9698 /* Length overflowed. */
9699 error (_("Address range too large."));
9700 else if (length == 1)
9701 {
9702 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9703 the `hbreak' command. */
9704 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
9705
9706 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
9707
9708 return;
9709 }
9710
9711 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9712 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
9713 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
9714 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
9715 b->number = breakpoint_count;
9716 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9717 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
9718 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
9719 b->loc->length = length;
9720
9721 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
9722
9723 mention (b);
9724 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
9725 update_global_location_list (1);
9726}
9727
9728/* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9729 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9730 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9731 zero. */
9732
9733static int
9734watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
9735{
9736 int i = exp->nelts;
9737
9738 while (i > 0)
9739 {
9740 int oplenp, argsp;
9741
9742 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9743 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
9744 i -= oplenp;
9745
9746 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
9747 {
9748 case BINOP_ADD:
9749 case BINOP_SUB:
9750 case BINOP_MUL:
9751 case BINOP_DIV:
9752 case BINOP_REM:
9753 case BINOP_MOD:
9754 case BINOP_LSH:
9755 case BINOP_RSH:
9756 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
9757 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
9758 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
9759 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
9760 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
9761 case BINOP_EQUAL:
9762 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
9763 case BINOP_LESS:
9764 case BINOP_GTR:
9765 case BINOP_LEQ:
9766 case BINOP_GEQ:
9767 case BINOP_REPEAT:
9768 case BINOP_COMMA:
9769 case BINOP_EXP:
9770 case BINOP_MIN:
9771 case BINOP_MAX:
9772 case BINOP_INTDIV:
9773 case BINOP_CONCAT:
9774 case BINOP_IN:
9775 case BINOP_RANGE:
9776 case TERNOP_COND:
9777 case TERNOP_SLICE:
9778 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
9779
9780 case OP_LONG:
9781 case OP_DOUBLE:
9782 case OP_DECFLOAT:
9783 case OP_LAST:
9784 case OP_COMPLEX:
9785 case OP_STRING:
9786 case OP_BITSTRING:
9787 case OP_ARRAY:
9788 case OP_TYPE:
9789 case OP_NAME:
9790 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
9791
9792 case UNOP_NEG:
9793 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
9794 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
9795 case UNOP_ADDR:
9796 case UNOP_HIGH:
9797 case UNOP_CAST:
9798 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
9799 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
9800 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
9801 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
9802
9803 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
9804 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
9805 ADDR is. */
9806 break;
9807
9808 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
9809 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
9810
9811 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
9812 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
9813 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
9814 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
9815
9816 We also have to check for function symbols because they
9817 are always constant. */
9818 {
9819 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
9820
9821 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
9822 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
9823 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
9824 return 0;
9825 break;
9826 }
9827
9828 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
9829 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
9830 then it is not a constant. */
9831 default:
9832 return 0;
9833 }
9834 }
9835
9836 return 1;
9837}
9838
9839/* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
9840
9841static void
9842dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
9843{
9844 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
9845
9846 xfree (w->cond_exp);
9847 xfree (w->exp);
9848 xfree (w->exp_string);
9849 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
9850 value_free (w->val);
9851
9852 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
9853}
9854
9855/* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
9856
9857static void
9858re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9859{
9860 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9861
9862 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
9863 variables, or it can be on local variables.
9864
9865 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
9866 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
9867 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
9868 are loaded and unloaded.
9869
9870 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9871 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
9872 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
9873 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
9874 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
9875 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9876
9877 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9878 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
9879 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9880 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9881
9882 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9883 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9884
9885 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
9886 reevaluated again when enabled. */
9887 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
9888}
9889
9890/* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
9891
9892static int
9893insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
9894{
9895 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9896 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
9897
9898 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
9899 w->cond_exp);
9900}
9901
9902/* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
9903
9904static int
9905remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
9906{
9907 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9908 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
9909
9910 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
9911 w->cond_exp);
9912}
9913
9914static int
9915breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9916 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9917 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9918{
9919 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
9920 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9921
9922 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
9923 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
9924 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
9925 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
9926 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
9927 (did not match the data address). */
9928 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
9929 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
9930 return 0;
9931
9932 return 1;
9933}
9934
9935static void
9936check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
9937{
9938 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
9939
9940 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
9941}
9942
9943/* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9944 hardware watchpoints. */
9945
9946static int
9947resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9948{
9949 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9950 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
9951
9952 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
9953}
9954
9955/* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
9956 hardware watchpoints. */
9957
9958static int
9959works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9960{
9961 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
9962 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
9963}
9964
9965static enum print_stop_action
9966print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
9967{
9968 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9969 struct breakpoint *b;
9970 const struct bp_location *bl;
9971 struct ui_file *stb;
9972 enum print_stop_action result;
9973 struct watchpoint *w;
9974 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9975
9976 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
9977
9978 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
9979 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9980 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9981
9982 stb = mem_fileopen ();
9983 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
9984
9985 switch (b->type)
9986 {
9987 case bp_watchpoint:
9988 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9989 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
9990 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9991 ui_out_field_string
9992 (uiout, "reason",
9993 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9994 mention (b);
9995 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9996 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
9997 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
9998 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
9999 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10000 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10001 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10002 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10003 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10004 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10005 break;
10006
10007 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10008 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10009 ui_out_field_string
10010 (uiout, "reason",
10011 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10012 mention (b);
10013 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10014 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10015 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10016 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10017 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10018 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10019 break;
10020
10021 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10022 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10023 {
10024 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10025 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10026 ui_out_field_string
10027 (uiout, "reason",
10028 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10029 mention (b);
10030 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10031 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10032 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10033 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10034 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10035 }
10036 else
10037 {
10038 mention (b);
10039 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10040 ui_out_field_string
10041 (uiout, "reason",
10042 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10043 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10044 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10045 }
10046 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10047 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10048 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10049 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10050 break;
10051 default:
10052 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10053 }
10054
10055 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10056 return result;
10057}
10058
10059/* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10060 watchpoints. */
10061
10062static void
10063print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10064{
10065 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10066 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10067 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10068
10069 switch (b->type)
10070 {
10071 case bp_watchpoint:
10072 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10073 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10074 break;
10075 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10076 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10077 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10078 break;
10079 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10080 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10081 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10082 break;
10083 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10084 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10085 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10086 break;
10087 default:
10088 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10089 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10090 }
10091
10092 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10093 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10094 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10095 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10096}
10097
10098/* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10099 watchpoints. */
10100
10101static void
10102print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10103{
10104 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10105
10106 switch (b->type)
10107 {
10108 case bp_watchpoint:
10109 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10110 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10111 break;
10112 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10113 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10114 break;
10115 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10116 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10117 break;
10118 default:
10119 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10120 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10121 }
10122
10123 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10124 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10125}
10126
10127/* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10128
10129static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10130
10131/* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10132 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10133
10134static int
10135insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10136{
10137 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10138
10139 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10140 bl->watchpoint_type);
10141}
10142
10143/* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10144 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10145
10146static int
10147remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10148{
10149 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10150
10151 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10152 bl->watchpoint_type);
10153}
10154
10155/* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10156 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10157
10158static int
10159resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10160{
10161 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10162
10163 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10164}
10165
10166/* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10167 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10168
10169static int
10170works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10171{
10172 return 0;
10173}
10174
10175/* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10176 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10177
10178static enum print_stop_action
10179print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10180{
10181 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10182 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10183
10184 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10185 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10186
10187 switch (b->type)
10188 {
10189 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10190 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10191 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10192 ui_out_field_string
10193 (uiout, "reason",
10194 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10195 break;
10196
10197 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10198 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10199 ui_out_field_string
10200 (uiout, "reason",
10201 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10202 break;
10203
10204 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10205 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10206 ui_out_field_string
10207 (uiout, "reason",
10208 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10209 break;
10210 default:
10211 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10212 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10213 }
10214
10215 mention (b);
10216 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10217Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10218address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10219 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10220
10221 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10222 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10223}
10224
10225/* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10226 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10227
10228static void
10229print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10230 struct ui_out *uiout)
10231{
10232 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10233
10234 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10235 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10236
10237 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10238 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10239 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10240}
10241
10242/* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10243 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10244
10245static void
10246print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10247{
10248 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10249 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10250 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10251
10252 switch (b->type)
10253 {
10254 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10255 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10256 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10257 break;
10258 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10259 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10260 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10261 break;
10262 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10263 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10264 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10265 break;
10266 default:
10267 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10268 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10269 }
10270
10271 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10272 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10273 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10274 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10275}
10276
10277/* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10278 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10279
10280static void
10281print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10282{
10283 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10284 char tmp[40];
10285
10286 switch (b->type)
10287 {
10288 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10289 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10290 break;
10291 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10292 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10293 break;
10294 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10295 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10296 break;
10297 default:
10298 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10299 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10300 }
10301
10302 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10303 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10304 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10305}
10306
10307/* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10308
10309static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10310
10311/* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10312
10313static int
10314is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10315{
10316 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10317}
10318
10319/* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10320 hw_read: watch read,
10321 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10322static void
10323watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10324 int just_location, int internal)
10325{
10326 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10327 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10328 struct expression *exp;
10329 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10330 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10331 struct frame_info *frame;
10332 char *exp_start = NULL;
10333 char *exp_end = NULL;
10334 char *tok, *end_tok;
10335 int toklen = -1;
10336 char *cond_start = NULL;
10337 char *cond_end = NULL;
10338 enum bptype bp_type;
10339 int thread = -1;
10340 int pc = 0;
10341 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10342 the hardware watchpoint. */
10343 int use_mask = 0;
10344 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10345 struct watchpoint *w;
10346
10347 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10348 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10349 {
10350 char *value_start;
10351
10352 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10353 of the arguments string. */
10354 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10355 {
10356 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10357 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10358 tok--;
10359
10360 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10361 This is the value of the parameter. */
10362 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10363 tok--;
10364 value_start = tok + 1;
10365
10366 /* Skip whitespace. */
10367 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10368 tok--;
10369
10370 end_tok = tok;
10371
10372 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10373 This is the parameter itself. */
10374 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10375 tok--;
10376 tok++;
10377 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10378
10379 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10380 {
10381 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10382 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10383 only in a specific thread. */
10384 char *endp;
10385
10386 if (thread != -1)
10387 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10388
10389 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10390 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10391
10392 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10393 thread ID. */
10394 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10395 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10396
10397 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10398 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10399 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
10400 }
10401 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10402 {
10403 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10404 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10405 facility. */
10406 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10407
10408 if (use_mask)
10409 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10410
10411 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10412
10413 mark = value_mark ();
10414 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10415 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10416 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10417 }
10418 else
10419 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10420 break;
10421
10422 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10423 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10424 *tok = '\0';
10425 }
10426 }
10427
10428 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10429 innermost_block = NULL;
10430 exp_start = arg;
10431 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
10432 exp_end = arg;
10433 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10434 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10435 prettier. */
10436 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10437 --exp_end;
10438
10439 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10440 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10441 {
10442 int len;
10443
10444 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10445 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10446 len--;
10447 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10448 }
10449
10450 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10451 mark = value_mark ();
10452 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10453
10454 if (just_location)
10455 {
10456 int ret;
10457
10458 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10459 val = value_addr (result);
10460 release_value (val);
10461 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10462
10463 if (use_mask)
10464 {
10465 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10466 mask);
10467 if (ret == -1)
10468 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10469 else if (ret == -2)
10470 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10471 }
10472 }
10473 else if (val != NULL)
10474 release_value (val);
10475
10476 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10477 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10478
10479 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10480 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10481 {
10482 struct expression *cond;
10483
10484 innermost_block = NULL;
10485 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10486 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
10487
10488 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10489 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10490 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10491
10492 xfree (cond);
10493 cond_end = tok;
10494 }
10495 if (*tok)
10496 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10497
10498 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10499 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10500 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10501 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10502 else
10503 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10504
10505 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10506
10507 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10508 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10509 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10510 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10511 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
10512 {
10513 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
10514 {
10515 scope_breakpoint
10516 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
10517 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
10518 bp_watchpoint_scope,
10519 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
10520
10521 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10522
10523 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10524 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
10525
10526 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10527 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
10528
10529 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10530 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
10531 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
10532 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
10533 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
10534 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
10535 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
10536 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
10537 scope_breakpoint->type);
10538 }
10539 }
10540
10541 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10542
10543 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
10544 b = &w->base;
10545 if (use_mask)
10546 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
10547 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10548 else
10549 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
10550 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10551 b->thread = thread;
10552 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10553 b->pspace = current_program_space;
10554 w->exp = exp;
10555 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
10556 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
10557 if (just_location)
10558 {
10559 struct type *t = value_type (val);
10560 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
10561 char *name;
10562
10563 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
10564 name = type_to_string (t);
10565
10566 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
10567 core_addr_to_string (addr));
10568 xfree (name);
10569
10570 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10571 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
10572
10573 /* The above expression is in C. */
10574 b->language = language_c;
10575 }
10576 else
10577 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
10578
10579 if (use_mask)
10580 {
10581 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
10582 }
10583 else
10584 {
10585 w->val = val;
10586 w->val_valid = 1;
10587 }
10588
10589 if (cond_start)
10590 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
10591 else
10592 b->cond_string = 0;
10593
10594 if (frame)
10595 {
10596 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
10597 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
10598 }
10599 else
10600 {
10601 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
10602 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
10603 }
10604
10605 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
10606 {
10607 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10608 need to act on them together. */
10609 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
10610 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
10611 }
10612
10613 if (!just_location)
10614 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10615
10616 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
10617 {
10618 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10619 that should be inserted. */
10620 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
10621 }
10622 if (e.reason < 0)
10623 {
10624 delete_breakpoint (b);
10625 throw_exception (e);
10626 }
10627
10628 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
10629}
10630
10631/* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10632 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10633
10634static int
10635can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
10636{
10637 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
10638 struct value *head = v;
10639
10640 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10641 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
10642 return 0;
10643
10644 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10645 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10646 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10647 hardware watchpoint.
10648
10649 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10650 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10651 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10652 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10653 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10654 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10655 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10656 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10657 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10658
10659 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10660 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10661 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10662 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10663 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
10664 {
10665 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
10666 {
10667 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
10668 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10669 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10670 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10671 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10672 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10673 ;
10674 else
10675 {
10676 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10677 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10678 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
10679
10680 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10681 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10682 middle of some value chain. */
10683 if (v == head
10684 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10685 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
10686 {
10687 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
10688 int len;
10689 int num_regs;
10690
10691 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
10692 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
10693 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
10694
10695 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
10696 if (!num_regs)
10697 return 0;
10698 else
10699 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
10700 }
10701 }
10702 }
10703 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
10704 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
10705 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10706 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
10707 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10708 }
10709
10710 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10711 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10712 return found_memory_cnt;
10713}
10714
10715void
10716watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10717{
10718 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
10719}
10720
10721/* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
10722 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
10723 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
10724 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
10725
10726static int
10727check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
10728{
10729 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
10730 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
10731 {
10732 *str += arg_len;
10733 return 1;
10734 }
10735 return 0;
10736}
10737
10738/* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10739 calls watch_command_1. */
10740
10741static void
10742watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
10743{
10744 int just_location = 0;
10745
10746 if (arg
10747 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10748 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10749 {
10750 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10751 just_location = 1;
10752 }
10753
10754 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
10755}
10756
10757static void
10758watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10759{
10760 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
10761}
10762
10763void
10764rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10765{
10766 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
10767}
10768
10769static void
10770rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10771{
10772 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
10773}
10774
10775void
10776awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10777{
10778 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
10779}
10780
10781static void
10782awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10783{
10784 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
10785}
10786\f
10787
10788/* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
10789 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
10790
10791struct until_break_command_continuation_args
10792{
10793 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
10794 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
10795 int thread_num;
10796};
10797
10798/* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
10799 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
10800 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
10801 command. */
10802static void
10803until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
10804{
10805 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
10806
10807 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
10808 if (a->breakpoint2)
10809 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
10810 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
10811}
10812
10813void
10814until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
10815{
10816 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10817 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10818 struct frame_info *frame;
10819 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
10820 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
10821 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
10822 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
10823 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
10824 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10825 int thread;
10826 struct thread_info *tp;
10827
10828 clear_proceed_status ();
10829
10830 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
10831 this function. */
10832
10833 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
10834 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10835 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
10836 get_last_displayed_line ());
10837 else
10838 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10839 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
10840
10841 if (sals.nelts != 1)
10842 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
10843
10844 sal = sals.sals[0];
10845 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
10846
10847 if (*arg)
10848 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10849
10850 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
10851
10852 tp = inferior_thread ();
10853 thread = tp->num;
10854
10855 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
10856
10857 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
10858 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
10859 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
10860 that. */
10861
10862 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
10863 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
10864 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
10865 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
10866
10867 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
10868 one. */
10869
10870 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
10871 {
10872 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
10873
10874 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
10875 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
10876 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
10877 sal2,
10878 caller_frame_id,
10879 bp_until);
10880 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
10881
10882 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
10883 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
10884 }
10885
10886 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
10887 frame = NULL;
10888
10889 if (anywhere)
10890 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
10891 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
10892 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
10893 null_frame_id, bp_until);
10894 else
10895 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
10896 only at the very same frame. */
10897 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
10898 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
10899 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
10900
10901 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
10902
10903 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
10904 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
10905 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
10906 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
10907
10908 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
10909 {
10910 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
10911 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
10912
10913 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
10914 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
10915 args->thread_num = thread;
10916
10917 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
10918 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
10919 until_break_command_continuation, args,
10920 xfree);
10921 }
10922 else
10923 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10924}
10925
10926/* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
10927 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
10928
10929 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
10930 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
10931 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
10932 if clause in the arg string. */
10933
10934static char *
10935ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
10936{
10937 char *cond_string;
10938
10939 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
10940 return NULL;
10941
10942 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
10943 (*arg) += 2;
10944
10945 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
10946 condition string. */
10947 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
10948 cond_string = *arg;
10949
10950 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
10951 string. */
10952 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
10953
10954 return cond_string;
10955}
10956
10957/* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
10958 process start/exit, etc. */
10959
10960typedef enum
10961{
10962 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
10963 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
10964}
10965catch_fork_kind;
10966
10967static void
10968catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
10969 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10970{
10971 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10972 char *cond_string = NULL;
10973 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
10974 int tempflag;
10975
10976 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
10977 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
10978 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
10979
10980 if (!arg)
10981 arg = "";
10982 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10983
10984 /* The allowed syntax is:
10985 catch [v]fork
10986 catch [v]fork if <cond>
10987
10988 First, check if there's an if clause. */
10989 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
10990
10991 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
10992 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10993
10994 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
10995 and enable reporting of such events. */
10996 switch (fork_kind)
10997 {
10998 case catch_fork_temporary:
10999 case catch_fork_permanent:
11000 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11001 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11002 break;
11003 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11004 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11005 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11006 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11007 break;
11008 default:
11009 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11010 break;
11011 }
11012}
11013
11014static void
11015catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11016 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11017{
11018 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11019 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11020 int tempflag;
11021 char *cond_string = NULL;
11022
11023 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11024
11025 if (!arg)
11026 arg = "";
11027 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11028
11029 /* The allowed syntax is:
11030 catch exec
11031 catch exec if <cond>
11032
11033 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11034 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11035
11036 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11037 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11038
11039 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11040 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11041 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11042 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11043
11044 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11045}
11046
11047static enum print_stop_action
11048print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
11049{
11050 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11051 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11052 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
11053
11054 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
11055
11056 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11057 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
11058 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
11059 b->loc->address,
11060 b->number, 1);
11061 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11062 ui_out_text (uiout,
11063 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
11064 : "Catchpoint ");
11065 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11066 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11067 ui_out_text (uiout,
11068 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
11069 : " (exception caught), ");
11070 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11071 {
11072 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11073 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11074 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11075 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11076 }
11077 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11078}
11079
11080static void
11081print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11082 struct bp_location **last_loc)
11083{
11084 struct value_print_options opts;
11085 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11086
11087 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11088 if (opts.addressprint)
11089 {
11090 annotate_field (4);
11091 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11092 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11093 else
11094 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
11095 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
11096 }
11097 annotate_field (5);
11098 if (b->loc)
11099 *last_loc = b->loc;
11100 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
11101 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
11102 else
11103 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
11104}
11105
11106static void
11107print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11108{
11109 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11110 int bp_temp;
11111 int bp_throw;
11112
11113 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11114 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11115 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11116 : _("Catchpoint "));
11117 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11118 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
11119 : _(" (catch)"));
11120}
11121
11122/* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11123 catch catchpoints. */
11124
11125static void
11126print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11127 struct ui_file *fp)
11128{
11129 int bp_temp;
11130 int bp_throw;
11131
11132 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11133 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11134 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11135 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
11136 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11137}
11138
11139static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
11140
11141static int
11142handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
11143 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
11144{
11145 char *trigger_func_name;
11146
11147 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11148 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
11149 else
11150 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
11151
11152 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11153 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, NULL,
11154 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11155 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
11156 0,
11157 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
11158 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
11159 1 /* enabled */,
11160 0 /* internal */,
11161 0);
11162
11163 return 1;
11164}
11165
11166/* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11167
11168static void
11169catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
11170 int tempflag, int from_tty)
11171{
11172 char *cond_string = NULL;
11173
11174 if (!arg)
11175 arg = "";
11176 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11177
11178 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11179
11180 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11181 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11182
11183 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
11184 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11185 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11186
11187 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
11188 return;
11189
11190 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11191}
11192
11193/* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11194
11195static void
11196catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11197{
11198 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11199
11200 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11201}
11202
11203/* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11204
11205static void
11206catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11207{
11208 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11209
11210 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11211}
11212
11213void
11214init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11215 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11216 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11217 char *addr_string,
11218 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11219 int tempflag,
11220 int from_tty)
11221{
11222 if (from_tty)
11223 {
11224 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11225 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11226 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11227
11228 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11229 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11230 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11231 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11232 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11233 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11234 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11235 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11236 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11237 enough for now, though. */
11238 }
11239
11240 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11241
11242 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11243 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11244 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11245 b->language = language_ada;
11246}
11247
11248/* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11249 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11250static VEC(int) *
11251catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11252{
11253 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11254 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11255
11256 while (*arg != '\0')
11257 {
11258 int i, syscall_number;
11259 char *endptr;
11260 char cur_name[128];
11261 struct syscall s;
11262
11263 /* Skip whitespace. */
11264 while (isspace (*arg))
11265 arg++;
11266
11267 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11268 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11269 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11270 arg += i;
11271
11272 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11273 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11274 if (*endptr == '\0')
11275 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11276 else
11277 {
11278 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11279 to a number. */
11280 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11281
11282 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11283 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11284 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11285 syscall number to be caught. */
11286 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11287 }
11288
11289 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11290 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11291 }
11292
11293 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11294 return result;
11295}
11296
11297/* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11298
11299static void
11300catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11301 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11302{
11303 int tempflag;
11304 VEC(int) *filter;
11305 struct syscall s;
11306 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11307
11308 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11309 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11310 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11311this architecture yet."));
11312
11313 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11314
11315 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11316
11317 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11318 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11319 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11320 for his/her architecture. */
11321 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11322
11323 /* The allowed syntax is:
11324 catch syscall
11325 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11326
11327 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11328
11329 if (arg != NULL)
11330 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11331 else
11332 filter = NULL;
11333
11334 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11335 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11336}
11337
11338static void
11339catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11340{
11341 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11342}
11343\f
11344
11345static void
11346tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11347{
11348 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11349}
11350
11351/* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11352
11353static int
11354compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11355{
11356 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11357 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11358 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11359 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11360
11361 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11362 return -1;
11363 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11364 return 1;
11365
11366 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11367 the number 0. */
11368 if (ua < ub)
11369 return -1;
11370 return ub > ub ? 1 : 0;
11371}
11372
11373/* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11374
11375static void
11376clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11377{
11378 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11379 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11380 int ix;
11381 int default_match;
11382 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11383 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11384 int i;
11385 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11386
11387 if (arg)
11388 {
11389 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11390 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11391 default_match = 0;
11392 }
11393 else
11394 {
11395 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11396 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11397 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11398 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11399
11400 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11401 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11402 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11403 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11404 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11405 error (_("No source file specified."));
11406
11407 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11408 sals.nelts = 1;
11409
11410 default_match = 1;
11411 }
11412
11413 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11414 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11415 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11416 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11417
11418 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11419 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11420 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11421 due to optimization, all in one block.
11422
11423 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11424 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11425 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11426 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11427 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11428 to support that. */
11429
11430 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11431 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11432 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11433 breakpoint. */
11434
11435 found = NULL;
11436 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11437 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11438 {
11439 int is_abs, sal_name_len;
11440
11441 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11442 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11443 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11444 or at default pc.
11445
11446 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11447
11448 0 1 pc
11449 1 1 pc _and_ line
11450 0 0 line
11451 1 0 <can't happen> */
11452
11453 sal = sals.sals[i];
11454 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
11455 sal_name_len = is_abs ? 0 : strlen (sal.symtab->filename);
11456
11457 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11458 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11459 {
11460 int match = 0;
11461 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11462 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11463 {
11464 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11465 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11466 {
11467 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11468 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11469 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11470 && sal.pc
11471 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11472 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11473 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11474 || loc->section == sal.section));
11475 int line_match = 0;
11476
11477 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11478 && loc->source_file != NULL
11479 && sal.symtab != NULL
11480 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11481 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
11482 {
11483 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
11484 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
11485 line_match = 1;
11486 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
11487 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
11488 sal.symtab->filename,
11489 sal_name_len))
11490 line_match = 1;
11491 }
11492
11493 if (pc_match || line_match)
11494 {
11495 match = 1;
11496 break;
11497 }
11498 }
11499 }
11500
11501 if (match)
11502 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11503 }
11504 }
11505
11506 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11507 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11508 {
11509 if (arg)
11510 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11511 else
11512 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11513 }
11514
11515 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11516 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11517 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11518 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11519 compare_breakpoints);
11520 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
11521 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
11522 {
11523 if (b == prev)
11524 {
11525 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
11526 --ix;
11527 }
11528 }
11529
11530 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
11531 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11532 if (from_tty)
11533 {
11534 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
11535 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11536 else
11537 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11538 }
11539 breakpoints_changed ();
11540
11541 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
11542 {
11543 if (from_tty)
11544 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
11545 delete_breakpoint (b);
11546 }
11547 if (from_tty)
11548 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11549
11550 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11551}
11552\f
11553/* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11554 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11555 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11556
11557void
11558breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11559{
11560 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11561
11562 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11563 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11564 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11565 && bs->stop)
11566 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11567
11568 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11569 {
11570 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11571 delete_breakpoint (b);
11572 }
11573}
11574
11575/* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11576 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11577 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11578 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11579 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11580 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11581
11582static int
11583bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11584{
11585 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
11586 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
11587 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11588 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11589 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11590
11591 if (a->address != b->address)
11592 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
11593
11594 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11595 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11596 grouped. */
11597
11598 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
11599 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
11600 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
11601
11602 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11603 if (a_perm != b_perm)
11604 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
11605
11606 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11607 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11608 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11609
11610 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
11611 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
11612 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
11613
11614 return (a > b) - (a < b);
11615}
11616
11617/* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
11618 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11619 content of the bp_location array. */
11620
11621static void
11622bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
11623{
11624 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11625
11626 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
11627 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
11628
11629 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11630 {
11631 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
11632
11633 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
11634 continue;
11635
11636 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
11637 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
11638
11639 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
11640 addr = bl->address - start;
11641 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
11642 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
11643
11644 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11645
11646 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
11647 addr = end - bl->address;
11648 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
11649 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
11650 }
11651}
11652
11653/* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11654
11655static void
11656download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11657{
11658 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11659 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11660
11661 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11662 return;
11663
11664 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
11665
11666 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11667 {
11668 struct tracepoint *t;
11669
11670 if (!is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
11671 continue;
11672
11673 if ((bl->owner->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
11674 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11675 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
11676 continue;
11677
11678 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11679 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11680 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11681 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
11682 continue;
11683
11684 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
11685
11686 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
11687
11688 bl->inserted = 1;
11689 t = (struct tracepoint *) bl->owner;
11690 t->number_on_target = bl->owner->number;
11691 }
11692
11693 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11694}
11695
11696/* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11697
11698static void
11699swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
11700{
11701 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
11702 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
11703 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
11704 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
11705
11706 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11707 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
11708 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
11709 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
11710 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
11711
11712 left->inserted = right->inserted;
11713 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
11714 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
11715 left->target_info = right->target_info;
11716 right->inserted = left_inserted;
11717 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
11718 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
11719 right->target_info = left_target_info;
11720}
11721
11722/* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11723 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11724 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11725 the target. */
11726
11727static void
11728force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
11729{
11730 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
11731 struct bp_location *loc;
11732 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
11733 int pspace_num;
11734
11735 address = bl->address;
11736 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
11737
11738 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11739 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11740 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11741 side. */
11742 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11743 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11744 return;
11745
11746 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11747 the same program space as the location
11748 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11749 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11750 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
11751 {
11752 loc = *loc2p;
11753
11754 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
11755 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
11756 continue;
11757
11758 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11759 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11760 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11761 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11762 that have already been marked. */
11763 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
11764
11765 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11766 it later on. */
11767 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
11768 {
11769 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
11770 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
11771 }
11772 }
11773}
11774
11775/* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
11776 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
11777 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
11778 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
11779 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
11780 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
11781 returns true on them.
11782
11783 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
11784 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
11785 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
11786 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
11787 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
11788 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
11789
11790static void
11791update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
11792{
11793 struct breakpoint *b;
11794 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
11795 struct cleanup *cleanups;
11796 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11797 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
11798 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11799 int last_pspace_num = -1;
11800
11801 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11802 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11803 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11804 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11805 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11806 once. */
11807 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
11808 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
11809 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
11810 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
11811
11812 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
11813 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11814 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
11815 unsigned old_location_count;
11816
11817 old_location = bp_location;
11818 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
11819 bp_location = NULL;
11820 bp_location_count = 0;
11821 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
11822
11823 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11824 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11825 bp_location_count++;
11826
11827 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
11828 locp = bp_location;
11829 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11830 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11831 *locp++ = loc;
11832 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
11833 bp_location_compare);
11834
11835 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
11836
11837 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11838 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11839 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11840 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11841 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11842 location.
11843
11844 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11845 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11846
11847 locp = bp_location;
11848 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
11849 old_locp++)
11850 {
11851 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
11852 struct bp_location **loc2p;
11853
11854 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11855 not, we have to free it. */
11856 int found_object = 0;
11857 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11858 int keep_in_target = 0;
11859 int removed = 0;
11860
11861 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11862 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11863 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
11864 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
11865 locp++;
11866
11867 for (loc2p = locp;
11868 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
11869 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11870 loc2p++)
11871 {
11872 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11873 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11874 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11875 place there. */
11876 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
11877 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
11878 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
11879 {
11880 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
11881 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
11882 }
11883
11884 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
11885 found_object = 1;
11886 }
11887
11888 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11889 have to go through updates again. */
11890 last_addr = old_loc->address;
11891
11892 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11893 if (!found_object)
11894 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
11895
11896 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11897 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11898 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11899 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11900 at certain location is not inserted. */
11901
11902 if (old_loc->inserted)
11903 {
11904 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11905 it. */
11906
11907 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
11908 {
11909 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11910 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11911 keep_in_target = 1;
11912 }
11913 else
11914 {
11915 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11916 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11917 remove its target-side condition. */
11918
11919 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11920 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11921 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11922 this one from the target. */
11923
11924 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11925 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
11926 {
11927 for (loc2p = locp;
11928 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
11929 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11930 loc2p++)
11931 {
11932 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
11933
11934 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
11935 {
11936 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11937 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11938 supported, but the latter are. */
11939 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
11940 {
11941 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
11942 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
11943 }
11944
11945 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11946 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11947 unduplicated. */
11948 if (loc2 != old_loc
11949 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
11950 {
11951 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
11952 keep_in_target = 1;
11953 break;
11954 }
11955 }
11956 }
11957 }
11958 }
11959
11960 if (!keep_in_target)
11961 {
11962 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
11963 {
11964 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11965 this location on the global list, and try to
11966 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11967 reason why we will succeed next time.
11968
11969 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11970 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11971 only after calling us. */
11972 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11973 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11974 old_loc->owner->number);
11975 }
11976 removed = 1;
11977 }
11978 }
11979
11980 if (!found_object)
11981 {
11982 if (removed && non_stop
11983 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
11984 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
11985 {
11986 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11987 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11988 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11989 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11990 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11991 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11992 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11993 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11994 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11995 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11996 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11997 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11998 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11999 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12000 SIGTRAP.
12001
12002 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12003 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12004
12005 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12006 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12007 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12008 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12009 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12010 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12011 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12012 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12013 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12014 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12015 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12016 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12017 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12018 thread_count.
12019
12020 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12021 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12022 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12023 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12024
12025 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12026 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12027 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12028 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12029 traps we can no longer explain. */
12030
12031 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12032 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12033
12034 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12035 }
12036 else
12037 {
12038 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12039 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12040 }
12041 }
12042 }
12043
12044 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12045 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12046 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12047 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12048 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12049 are sorted first for the same address.
12050
12051 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12052 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12053
12054 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12055 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12056 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12057 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12058 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12059 {
12060 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12061 non-NULL. */
12062 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12063 b = loc->owner;
12064
12065 if (!should_be_inserted (loc)
12066 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12067 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12068 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12069 `struct bp_location'. */
12070 || is_tracepoint (b))
12071 {
12072 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12073 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12074 continue;
12075 }
12076
12077 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12078 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12079 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12080 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12081 "actually inserted"));
12082
12083 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12084 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12085 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12086 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12087 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12088 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12089 else
12090 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12091
12092 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12093 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12094 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12095 {
12096 *loc_first_p = loc;
12097 loc->duplicate = 0;
12098
12099 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12100 {
12101 loc->needs_update = 1;
12102 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12103 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12104 }
12105 continue;
12106 }
12107
12108
12109 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12110 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12111 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12112 if (loc->inserted)
12113 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12114 loc->duplicate = 1;
12115
12116 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12117 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12118
12119 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12120 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12121 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12122 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12123 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12124 }
12125
12126 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12127 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12128 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
12129 {
12130 if (should_insert)
12131 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12132 else
12133 {
12134 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12135 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12136 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12137 "needs_update". */
12138 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12139 }
12140 }
12141
12142 if (should_insert)
12143 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12144
12145 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12146}
12147
12148void
12149breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12150{
12151 struct bp_location *loc;
12152 int ix;
12153
12154 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12155 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12156 {
12157 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12158 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12159 --ix;
12160 }
12161}
12162
12163static void
12164update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12165{
12166 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12167
12168 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12169 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12170}
12171
12172/* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12173
12174static void
12175bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12176{
12177 bpstat bs;
12178
12179 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12180 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12181 {
12182 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12183 bs->old_val = NULL;
12184 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12185 }
12186}
12187
12188/* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12189static int
12190bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12191{
12192 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12193
12194 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12195 return 0;
12196}
12197
12198/* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12199 callbacks. */
12200
12201static void
12202say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12203{
12204 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12205 struct value_print_options opts;
12206
12207 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12208
12209 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12210 single string. */
12211 if (b->loc == NULL)
12212 {
12213 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12214 }
12215 else
12216 {
12217 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
12218 {
12219 printf_filtered (" at ");
12220 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12221 gdb_stdout);
12222 }
12223 if (b->loc->source_file)
12224 {
12225 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12226 more nicely. */
12227 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12228 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12229 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
12230 else
12231 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12232 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12233 real situation somewhat. */
12234 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12235 }
12236
12237 if (b->loc->next)
12238 {
12239 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12240 int n = 0;
12241 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12242 ++n;
12243 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12244 }
12245 }
12246}
12247
12248/* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12249
12250static void
12251bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12252{
12253 xfree (self->cond);
12254 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12255 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12256 xfree (self->function_name);
12257 xfree (self->source_file);
12258}
12259
12260static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12261{
12262 bp_location_dtor
12263};
12264
12265/* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12266 inherit from. */
12267
12268static void
12269base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12270{
12271 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12272 xfree (self->cond_string);
12273 xfree (self->addr_string);
12274 xfree (self->filter);
12275 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12276}
12277
12278static struct bp_location *
12279base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12280{
12281 struct bp_location *loc;
12282
12283 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12284 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12285 return loc;
12286}
12287
12288static void
12289base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12290{
12291 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12292}
12293
12294#define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12295 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12296
12297static int
12298base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12299{
12300 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12301}
12302
12303static int
12304base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12305{
12306 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12307}
12308
12309static int
12310base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12311 struct address_space *aspace,
12312 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12313 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12314{
12315 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12316}
12317
12318static void
12319base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12320{
12321 /* Always stop. */
12322}
12323
12324/* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12325 errors. */
12326
12327static int
12328base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12329{
12330 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12331}
12332
12333/* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12334 errors. */
12335
12336static int
12337base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12338{
12339 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12340}
12341
12342static enum print_stop_action
12343base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12344{
12345 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12346}
12347
12348static void
12349base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12350 struct ui_out *uiout)
12351{
12352 /* nothing */
12353}
12354
12355static void
12356base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12357{
12358 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12359}
12360
12361static void
12362base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12363{
12364 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12365}
12366
12367static void
12368base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12369 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12370 enum bptype type_wanted,
12371 char *addr_start,
12372 char **copy_arg)
12373{
12374 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12375}
12376
12377static void
12378base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12379 struct linespec_result *c,
12380 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12381 char *cond_string,
12382 char *extra_string,
12383 enum bptype type_wanted,
12384 enum bpdisp disposition,
12385 int thread,
12386 int task, int ignore_count,
12387 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12388 int from_tty, int enabled,
12389 int internal, unsigned flags)
12390{
12391 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12392}
12393
12394static void
12395base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12396 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12397{
12398 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12399}
12400
12401static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12402{
12403 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12404 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12405 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12406 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12407 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12408 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12409 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12410 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12411 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12412 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12413 NULL,
12414 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12415 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12416 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12417 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12418 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12419 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12420};
12421
12422/* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12423
12424static void
12425bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12426{
12427 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12428 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12429 {
12430 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12431 delete_breakpoint (b);
12432 return;
12433 }
12434
12435 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12436}
12437
12438static int
12439bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12440{
12441 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12442 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12443 &bl->target_info);
12444 else
12445 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12446 &bl->target_info);
12447}
12448
12449static int
12450bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12451{
12452 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12453 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12454 else
12455 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12456}
12457
12458static int
12459bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12460 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12461 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12462{
12463 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
12464
12465 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12466 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12467 return 0;
12468
12469 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12470 aspace, bp_addr))
12471 return 0;
12472
12473 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12474 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12475 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12476 return 0;
12477
12478 return 1;
12479}
12480
12481static int
12482bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12483{
12484 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12485
12486 return 1;
12487}
12488
12489static enum print_stop_action
12490bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12491{
12492 struct breakpoint *b;
12493 const struct bp_location *bl;
12494 int bp_temp;
12495 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12496
12497 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12498
12499 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12500 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12501
12502 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12503 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12504 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12505 bl->address,
12506 b->number, 1);
12507 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12508 if (bp_temp)
12509 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12510 else
12511 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
12512 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12513 {
12514 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
12515 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12516 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12517 }
12518 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
12519 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
12520
12521 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12522}
12523
12524static void
12525bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12526{
12527 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12528 return;
12529
12530 switch (b->type)
12531 {
12532 case bp_breakpoint:
12533 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12534 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12535 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12536 else
12537 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12538 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12539 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12540 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12541 break;
12542 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12543 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12544 break;
12545 case bp_dprintf:
12546 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12547 break;
12548 }
12549
12550 say_where (b);
12551}
12552
12553static void
12554bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12555{
12556 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12557 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12558 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12559 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12560 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12561 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12562 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12563 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12564 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12565 else
12566 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12567 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12568
12569 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
12570 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12571}
12572
12573static void
12574bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12575 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12576 enum bptype type_wanted,
12577 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12578{
12579 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
12580 addr_start, copy_arg);
12581}
12582
12583static void
12584bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12585 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12586 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12587 char *cond_string,
12588 char *extra_string,
12589 enum bptype type_wanted,
12590 enum bpdisp disposition,
12591 int thread,
12592 int task, int ignore_count,
12593 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12594 int from_tty, int enabled,
12595 int internal, unsigned flags)
12596{
12597 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
12598 cond_string, extra_string,
12599 type_wanted,
12600 disposition, thread, task,
12601 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12602 enabled, internal, flags);
12603}
12604
12605static void
12606bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12607 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12608{
12609 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
12610}
12611
12612/* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12613
12614static void
12615internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12616{
12617 switch (b->type)
12618 {
12619 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12620 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12621 case bp_overlay_event:
12622 case bp_longjmp_master:
12623 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12624 case bp_exception_master:
12625 delete_breakpoint (b);
12626 break;
12627
12628 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12629 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12630 case bp_shlib_event:
12631
12632 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12633 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12634 case bp_thread_event:
12635 break;
12636 }
12637}
12638
12639static void
12640internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12641{
12642 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
12643 {
12644 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12645 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12646 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12647 objects (among other things). */
12648 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
12649 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
12650 }
12651 else
12652 bs->stop = 0;
12653}
12654
12655static enum print_stop_action
12656internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12657{
12658 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12659 struct breakpoint *b;
12660
12661 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12662
12663 switch (b->type)
12664 {
12665 case bp_shlib_event:
12666 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12667 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12668 to shlib event" message.) */
12669 print_solib_event (0);
12670 break;
12671
12672 case bp_thread_event:
12673 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12674 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12675 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12676 break;
12677
12678 case bp_overlay_event:
12679 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12680 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12681 break;
12682
12683 case bp_longjmp_master:
12684 /* These should never be enabled. */
12685 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12686 break;
12687
12688 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12689 /* These should never be enabled. */
12690 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12691 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12692 break;
12693
12694 case bp_exception_master:
12695 /* These should never be enabled. */
12696 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12697 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12698 break;
12699 }
12700
12701 return PRINT_NOTHING;
12702}
12703
12704static void
12705internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12706{
12707 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12708}
12709
12710/* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12711
12712static void
12713momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12714{
12715 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12716 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
12717 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12718 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12719}
12720
12721static void
12722momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12723{
12724 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12725}
12726
12727static enum print_stop_action
12728momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12729{
12730 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12731
12732 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12733 {
12734 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12735
12736 switch (b->type)
12737 {
12738 case bp_finish:
12739 ui_out_field_string
12740 (uiout, "reason",
12741 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
12742 break;
12743
12744 case bp_until:
12745 ui_out_field_string
12746 (uiout, "reason",
12747 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
12748 break;
12749 }
12750 }
12751
12752 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
12753}
12754
12755static void
12756momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12757{
12758 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12759}
12760
12761/* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12762
12763static int
12764bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12765{
12766 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
12767
12768 if (v == 0)
12769 {
12770 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12771 if needed. */
12772 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
12773 }
12774
12775 return v;
12776}
12777
12778static int
12779bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12780{
12781 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12782 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
12783
12784 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
12785}
12786
12787static void
12788bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12789 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12790 enum bptype type_wanted,
12791 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12792{
12793 struct linespec_sals lsal;
12794
12795 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
12796
12797 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
12798 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
12799
12800 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
12801}
12802
12803static void
12804bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12805 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12806{
12807 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
12808 if (!sals->sals)
12809 error (_("probe not found"));
12810}
12811
12812/* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12813
12814static void
12815tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12816{
12817 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12818}
12819
12820static int
12821tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12822 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12823 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12824{
12825 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12826 tracepoints. */
12827 return 0;
12828}
12829
12830static void
12831tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12832 struct ui_out *uiout)
12833{
12834 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12835 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
12836 {
12837 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
12838
12839 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
12840 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12841 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12842 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
12843 }
12844}
12845
12846static void
12847tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12848{
12849 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12850 return;
12851
12852 switch (b->type)
12853 {
12854 case bp_tracepoint:
12855 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12856 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12857 break;
12858 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
12859 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12860 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12861 break;
12862 case bp_static_tracepoint:
12863 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12864 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12865 break;
12866 default:
12867 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12868 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
12869 }
12870
12871 say_where (b);
12872}
12873
12874static void
12875tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
12876{
12877 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12878
12879 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
12880 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
12881 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
12882 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
12883 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
12884 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
12885 else
12886 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12887 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
12888
12889 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
12890 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
12891
12892 if (tp->pass_count)
12893 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
12894}
12895
12896static void
12897tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12898 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12899 enum bptype type_wanted,
12900 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12901{
12902 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
12903 addr_start, copy_arg);
12904}
12905
12906static void
12907tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12908 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12909 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12910 char *cond_string,
12911 char *extra_string,
12912 enum bptype type_wanted,
12913 enum bpdisp disposition,
12914 int thread,
12915 int task, int ignore_count,
12916 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12917 int from_tty, int enabled,
12918 int internal, unsigned flags)
12919{
12920 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
12921 cond_string, extra_string,
12922 type_wanted,
12923 disposition, thread, task,
12924 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12925 enabled, internal, flags);
12926}
12927
12928static void
12929tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12930 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12931{
12932 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
12933}
12934
12935struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
12936
12937/* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
12938 static probe. */
12939
12940static void
12941tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12942 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12943 enum bptype type_wanted,
12944 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12945{
12946 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12947 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
12948 addr_start, copy_arg);
12949}
12950
12951static void
12952tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12953 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12954{
12955 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12956 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
12957}
12958
12959static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
12960
12961/* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
12962 markers (`-m'). */
12963
12964static void
12965strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12966 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12967 enum bptype type_wanted,
12968 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12969{
12970 struct linespec_sals lsal;
12971
12972 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
12973
12974 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
12975
12976 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
12977 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
12978 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
12979}
12980
12981static void
12982strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12983 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12984 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12985 char *cond_string,
12986 char *extra_string,
12987 enum bptype type_wanted,
12988 enum bpdisp disposition,
12989 int thread,
12990 int task, int ignore_count,
12991 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12992 int from_tty, int enabled,
12993 int internal, unsigned flags)
12994{
12995 int i;
12996
12997 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
12998 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
12999 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13000 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13001 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13002 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13003
13004 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13005 {
13006 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13007 struct tracepoint *tp;
13008 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13009 char *addr_string;
13010
13011 expanded.nelts = 1;
13012 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13013
13014 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13015 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13016
13017 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13018 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13019 addr_string, NULL,
13020 cond_string, extra_string,
13021 type_wanted, disposition,
13022 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13023 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13024 canonical->special_display);
13025 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13026 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13027 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13028 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13029 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13030 corresponds to this one */
13031 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13032
13033 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13034
13035 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13036 }
13037}
13038
13039static void
13040strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13041 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13042{
13043 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13044
13045 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13046 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13047 {
13048 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13049 sals->nelts = 1;
13050 }
13051 else
13052 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13053}
13054
13055static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13056
13057static int
13058strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13059{
13060 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13061}
13062
13063/* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13064 structures. */
13065
13066void
13067delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13068{
13069 struct breakpoint *b;
13070
13071 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13072
13073 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13074 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13075 especial culprits.
13076
13077 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13078 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13079 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13080 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13081 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13082 deleted.
13083
13084 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13085 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13086 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13087 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13088 was chosen. */
13089 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13090 return;
13091
13092 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13093 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13094 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13095 {
13096 struct breakpoint *related;
13097 struct watchpoint *w;
13098
13099 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13100 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13101 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13102 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13103 else
13104 w = NULL;
13105 if (w != NULL)
13106 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13107
13108 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13109 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13110 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13111 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13112 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13113 }
13114
13115 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13116 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13117 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13118 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13119 if (bpt->number)
13120 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13121
13122 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13123 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13124
13125 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13126 if (b->next == bpt)
13127 {
13128 b->next = bpt->next;
13129 break;
13130 }
13131
13132 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13133 been freed. */
13134 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13135 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13136 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13137 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13138 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13139 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13140 commands won't work. */
13141
13142 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13143
13144 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13145 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13146 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13147 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13148 might be better design to have location completely
13149 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13150 update_global_location_list (0);
13151
13152 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13153 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13154 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13155 bpt->type = bp_none;
13156 xfree (bpt);
13157}
13158
13159static void
13160do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13161{
13162 delete_breakpoint (b);
13163}
13164
13165struct cleanup *
13166make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13167{
13168 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13169}
13170
13171/* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13172 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13173
13174static void
13175iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13176 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13177 void *),
13178 void *data)
13179{
13180 struct breakpoint *related;
13181
13182 related = b;
13183 do
13184 {
13185 struct breakpoint *next;
13186
13187 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13188 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13189
13190 if (next == related)
13191 {
13192 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13193 function (related, data);
13194
13195 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13196 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13197 out. */
13198 break;
13199 }
13200 else
13201 function (related, data);
13202
13203 related = next;
13204 }
13205 while (related != b);
13206}
13207
13208static void
13209do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13210{
13211 delete_breakpoint (b);
13212}
13213
13214/* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13215 delete_breakpoint. */
13216
13217static void
13218do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13219{
13220 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13221}
13222
13223void
13224delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13225{
13226 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13227
13228 dont_repeat ();
13229
13230 if (arg == 0)
13231 {
13232 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13233
13234 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13235 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13236 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13237 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13238 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13239 {
13240 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13241 break;
13242 }
13243
13244 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13245 if (!from_tty
13246 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13247 {
13248 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13249 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13250 delete_breakpoint (b);
13251 }
13252 }
13253 else
13254 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13255}
13256
13257static int
13258all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13259{
13260 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13261 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13262 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13263 return 0;
13264 return 1;
13265}
13266
13267/* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13268 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13269 Null names are ignored. */
13270
13271static int
13272ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13273{
13274 struct bp_location *l;
13275 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13276 (int (*) (const void *,
13277 const void *)) streq,
13278 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13279
13280 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13281 {
13282 const char **slot;
13283 const char *name = l->function_name;
13284
13285 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13286 if (name == NULL)
13287 continue;
13288
13289 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13290 INSERT);
13291 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13292 returns NULL. */
13293 if (*slot != NULL)
13294 {
13295 htab_delete (htab);
13296 return 1;
13297 }
13298 *slot = name;
13299 }
13300
13301 htab_delete (htab);
13302 return 0;
13303}
13304
13305/* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13306 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13307 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13308 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13309 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13310 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13311 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13312 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13313 The heuristic is:
13314
13315 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13316 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13317 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13318 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13319 in the sources, and output a warning.
13320
13321 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13322 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13323 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13324 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13325 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13326 warning.
13327
13328 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13329 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13330 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13331 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13332 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13333 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13334 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13335 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13336 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13337
13338static struct symtab_and_line
13339update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13340{
13341 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13342 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13343 CORE_ADDR pc;
13344
13345 pc = sal.pc;
13346 if (sal.line)
13347 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13348
13349 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13350 {
13351 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13352 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13353 b->number,
13354 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13355
13356 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13357 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13358 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13359
13360 return sal;
13361 }
13362
13363 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13364 by string ID. */
13365 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13366 && sal.line != 0
13367 && sal.symtab != NULL
13368 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13369 {
13370 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13371
13372 markers
13373 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13374
13375 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13376 {
13377 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13378 struct symbol *sym;
13379 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13380 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13381
13382 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13383
13384 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13385 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13386
13387 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13388 "found at previous line number"),
13389 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13390
13391 init_sal (&sal2);
13392
13393 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13394
13395 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13396 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13397 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13398 if (sym)
13399 {
13400 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13401 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13402 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13403 }
13404 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
13405 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13406
13407 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13408 {
13409 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13410
13411 if (fullname)
13412 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13413 }
13414
13415 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13416 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13417
13418 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13419
13420 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
13421 if (sym)
13422 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
13423 else
13424 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
13425
13426 xfree (b->addr_string);
13427 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13428 sal2.symtab->filename,
13429 b->loc->line_number);
13430
13431 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13432 so. */
13433
13434 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13435 }
13436 }
13437 return sal;
13438}
13439
13440/* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13441 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13442
13443static int
13444locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13445{
13446 while (a && b)
13447 {
13448 if (a->address != b->address)
13449 return 0;
13450
13451 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13452 return 0;
13453
13454 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13455 return 0;
13456
13457 a = a->next;
13458 b = b->next;
13459 }
13460
13461 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13462 return 0;
13463
13464 return 1;
13465}
13466
13467/* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13468 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13469 a ranged breakpoint. */
13470
13471void
13472update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13473 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
13474 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
13475{
13476 int i;
13477 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
13478
13479 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
13480 {
13481 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13482 location. */
13483 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13484 update_global_location_list (1);
13485 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13486 "multiple locations found\n"),
13487 b->number);
13488 return;
13489 }
13490
13491 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13492 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13493 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13494 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13495 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13496 individual locations. */
13497 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
13498 return;
13499
13500 b->loc = NULL;
13501
13502 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13503 {
13504 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13505
13506 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
13507
13508 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
13509
13510 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13511 old symtab. */
13512 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13513 {
13514 char *s;
13515 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13516
13517 s = b->cond_string;
13518 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13519 {
13520 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
13521 0);
13522 }
13523 if (e.reason < 0)
13524 {
13525 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13526 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13527 b->number, e.message);
13528 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13529 }
13530 }
13531
13532 if (sals_end.nelts)
13533 {
13534 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
13535
13536 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
13537 }
13538 }
13539
13540 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13541 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
13542 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
13543
13544 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13545 breakpoints. */
13546 {
13547 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13548 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13549 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13550 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13551 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13552 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13553 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
13554
13555 for (; e; e = e->next)
13556 {
13557 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
13558 {
13559 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
13560 if (have_ambiguous_names)
13561 {
13562 for (; l; l = l->next)
13563 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
13564 {
13565 l->enabled = 0;
13566 break;
13567 }
13568 }
13569 else
13570 {
13571 for (; l; l = l->next)
13572 if (l->function_name
13573 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
13574 {
13575 l->enabled = 0;
13576 break;
13577 }
13578 }
13579 }
13580 }
13581 }
13582
13583 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
13584 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
13585
13586 update_global_location_list (1);
13587}
13588
13589/* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
13590 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13591
13592static struct symtabs_and_lines
13593addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
13594{
13595 char *s;
13596 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
13597 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13598
13599 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
13600 s = addr_string;
13601
13602 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13603 {
13604 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
13605 }
13606 if (e.reason < 0)
13607 {
13608 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
13609 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13610 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13611 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13612 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13613 state, then user already saw the message about that
13614 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13615 errors. */
13616 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13617 && (b->condition_not_parsed
13618 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
13619 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13620 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
13621 not_found_and_ok = 1;
13622
13623 if (!not_found_and_ok)
13624 {
13625 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13626 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13627 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13628 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13629 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13630 which approach is better. */
13631 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13632 throw_exception (e);
13633 }
13634 }
13635
13636 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
13637 {
13638 int i;
13639
13640 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13641 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
13642 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
13643 {
13644 char *cond_string = 0;
13645 int thread = -1;
13646 int task = 0;
13647 char *extra_string = NULL;
13648
13649 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
13650 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
13651 &extra_string);
13652 if (cond_string)
13653 b->cond_string = cond_string;
13654 b->thread = thread;
13655 b->task = task;
13656 if (extra_string)
13657 b->extra_string = extra_string;
13658 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
13659 }
13660
13661 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
13662 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
13663
13664 *found = 1;
13665 }
13666 else
13667 *found = 0;
13668
13669 return sals;
13670}
13671
13672/* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13673 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13674 locations. */
13675
13676static void
13677breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
13678{
13679 int found;
13680 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
13681 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
13682 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
13683
13684 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
13685 if (found)
13686 {
13687 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
13688 expanded = sals;
13689 }
13690
13691 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
13692 {
13693 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
13694 if (found)
13695 {
13696 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
13697 expanded_end = sals_end;
13698 }
13699 }
13700
13701 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
13702}
13703
13704/* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13705 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13706
13707static void
13708create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
13709 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13710 enum bptype type_wanted,
13711 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13712{
13713 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
13714}
13715
13716/* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13717 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13718 breakpoint_ops. */
13719
13720static void
13721create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13722 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13723 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13724 char *cond_string,
13725 char *extra_string,
13726 enum bptype type_wanted,
13727 enum bpdisp disposition,
13728 int thread,
13729 int task, int ignore_count,
13730 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13731 int from_tty, int enabled,
13732 int internal, unsigned flags)
13733{
13734 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
13735 extra_string,
13736 type_wanted, disposition,
13737 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13738 enabled, internal, flags);
13739}
13740
13741/* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13742 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13743
13744static void
13745decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13746 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13747{
13748 struct linespec_result canonical;
13749
13750 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
13751 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
13752 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
13753 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
13754 b->filter);
13755
13756 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13757 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
13758
13759 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
13760 {
13761 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
13762
13763 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
13764 *sals = lsal->sals;
13765 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
13766 contents. */
13767 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
13768 }
13769
13770 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
13771}
13772
13773/* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
13774
13775static struct cleanup *
13776prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
13777{
13778 struct cleanup *cleanups;
13779
13780 input_radix = b->input_radix;
13781 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
13782 if (b->pspace != NULL)
13783 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
13784 set_language (b->language);
13785
13786 return cleanups;
13787}
13788
13789/* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
13790 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
13791 Unused in this case. */
13792
13793static int
13794breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
13795{
13796 /* Get past catch_errs. */
13797 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
13798 struct cleanup *cleanups;
13799
13800 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
13801 b->ops->re_set (b);
13802 do_cleanups (cleanups);
13803 return 0;
13804}
13805
13806/* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
13807void
13808breakpoint_re_set (void)
13809{
13810 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13811 enum language save_language;
13812 int save_input_radix;
13813 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13814
13815 save_language = current_language->la_language;
13816 save_input_radix = input_radix;
13817 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
13818
13819 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13820 {
13821 /* Format possible error msg. */
13822 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13823 b->number);
13824 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
13825 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
13826 do_cleanups (cleanups);
13827 }
13828 set_language (save_language);
13829 input_radix = save_input_radix;
13830
13831 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13832
13833 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13834
13835 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13836 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13837 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13838 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13839
13840 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
13841 skip_re_set ();
13842}
13843\f
13844/* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13845
13846 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13847 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13848void
13849breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
13850{
13851 if (b->thread != -1)
13852 {
13853 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
13854 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
13855
13856 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13857 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13858 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13859 as well. */
13860 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
13861 }
13862}
13863
13864/* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13865 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13866 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13867
13868void
13869set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
13870{
13871 struct breakpoint *b;
13872
13873 if (count < 0)
13874 count = 0;
13875
13876 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13877 if (b->number == bptnum)
13878 {
13879 if (is_tracepoint (b))
13880 {
13881 if (from_tty && count != 0)
13882 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13883 bptnum);
13884 return;
13885 }
13886
13887 b->ignore_count = count;
13888 if (from_tty)
13889 {
13890 if (count == 0)
13891 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13892 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13893 bptnum);
13894 else if (count == 1)
13895 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13896 bptnum);
13897 else
13898 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13899 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13900 count, bptnum);
13901 }
13902 breakpoints_changed ();
13903 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
13904 return;
13905 }
13906
13907 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
13908}
13909
13910/* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13911
13912static void
13913ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13914{
13915 char *p = args;
13916 int num;
13917
13918 if (p == 0)
13919 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13920
13921 num = get_number (&p);
13922 if (num == 0)
13923 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
13924 if (*p == 0)
13925 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13926
13927 set_ignore_count (num,
13928 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
13929 from_tty);
13930 if (from_tty)
13931 printf_filtered ("\n");
13932}
13933\f
13934/* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
13935 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
13936
13937static void
13938map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13939 void *),
13940 void *data)
13941{
13942 int num;
13943 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
13944 int match;
13945 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
13946
13947 if (args == 0)
13948 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
13949
13950 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
13951
13952 while (!state.finished)
13953 {
13954 char *p = state.string;
13955
13956 match = 0;
13957
13958 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
13959 if (num == 0)
13960 {
13961 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
13962 }
13963 else
13964 {
13965 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
13966 if (b->number == num)
13967 {
13968 match = 1;
13969 function (b, data);
13970 break;
13971 }
13972 if (match == 0)
13973 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
13974 }
13975 }
13976}
13977
13978static struct bp_location *
13979find_location_by_number (char *number)
13980{
13981 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
13982 char *p1;
13983 int bp_num;
13984 int loc_num;
13985 struct breakpoint *b;
13986 struct bp_location *loc;
13987
13988 *dot = '\0';
13989
13990 p1 = number;
13991 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
13992 if (bp_num == 0)
13993 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
13994
13995 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13996 if (b->number == bp_num)
13997 {
13998 break;
13999 }
14000
14001 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14002 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14003
14004 p1 = dot+1;
14005 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14006 if (loc_num == 0)
14007 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14008
14009 --loc_num;
14010 loc = b->loc;
14011 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14012 ;
14013 if (!loc)
14014 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14015
14016 return loc;
14017}
14018
14019
14020/* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14021 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14022 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14023
14024void
14025disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14026{
14027 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14028 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14029 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14030 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14031 return;
14032
14033 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14034 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14035 return;
14036
14037 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14038
14039 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14040 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14041
14042 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14043 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14044 {
14045 struct bp_location *location;
14046
14047 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14048 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14049 }
14050
14051 update_global_location_list (0);
14052
14053 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14054}
14055
14056/* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14057
14058static void
14059do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14060{
14061 disable_breakpoint (b);
14062}
14063
14064/* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14065 disable_breakpoint. */
14066
14067static void
14068do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14069{
14070 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14071}
14072
14073static void
14074disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14075{
14076 if (args == 0)
14077 {
14078 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14079
14080 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14081 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14082 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14083 }
14084 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14085 {
14086 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14087 if (loc)
14088 {
14089 if (loc->enabled)
14090 {
14091 loc->enabled = 0;
14092 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14093 }
14094 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14095 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14096 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14097 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14098 }
14099 update_global_location_list (0);
14100 }
14101 else
14102 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14103}
14104
14105static void
14106enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14107 int count)
14108{
14109 int target_resources_ok;
14110
14111 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14112 {
14113 int i;
14114 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14115 target_resources_ok =
14116 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14117 i + 1, 0);
14118 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14119 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14120 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14121 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14122 }
14123
14124 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14125 {
14126 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14127 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14128 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14129
14130 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14131 {
14132 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14133
14134 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14135 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14136 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14137 }
14138 if (e.reason < 0)
14139 {
14140 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14141 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14142 bpt->number);
14143 return;
14144 }
14145 }
14146
14147 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14148 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14149
14150 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14151
14152 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14153 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14154
14155 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14156 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14157 {
14158 struct bp_location *location;
14159
14160 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14161 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14162 }
14163
14164 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14165 bpt->enable_count = count;
14166 update_global_location_list (1);
14167 breakpoints_changed ();
14168
14169 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14170}
14171
14172
14173void
14174enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14175{
14176 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14177}
14178
14179static void
14180do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14181{
14182 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14183}
14184
14185/* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14186 enable_breakpoint. */
14187
14188static void
14189do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14190{
14191 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14192}
14193
14194/* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14195 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14196 in stopping the inferior. */
14197
14198static void
14199enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14200{
14201 if (args == 0)
14202 {
14203 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14204
14205 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14206 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14207 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14208 }
14209 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14210 {
14211 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14212 if (loc)
14213 {
14214 if (!loc->enabled)
14215 {
14216 loc->enabled = 1;
14217 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14218 }
14219 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14220 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14221 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14222 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14223 }
14224 update_global_location_list (1);
14225 }
14226 else
14227 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14228}
14229
14230/* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14231 breakpoints. */
14232
14233struct disp_data
14234{
14235 enum bpdisp disp;
14236 int count;
14237};
14238
14239static void
14240do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14241{
14242 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14243
14244 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14245}
14246
14247static void
14248do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14249{
14250 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14251
14252 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14253}
14254
14255static void
14256enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14257{
14258 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14259}
14260
14261static void
14262do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14263{
14264 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14265
14266 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14267}
14268
14269static void
14270enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14271{
14272 int count = get_number (&args);
14273
14274 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14275}
14276
14277static void
14278do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14279{
14280 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14281
14282 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14283}
14284
14285static void
14286enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14287{
14288 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14289}
14290\f
14291static void
14292set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14293{
14294}
14295
14296static void
14297show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14298{
14299}
14300
14301/* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14302 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14303 GDB itself. */
14304
14305static void
14306invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
14307 const bfd_byte *data)
14308{
14309 struct breakpoint *bp;
14310
14311 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14312 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14313 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14314 {
14315 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14316
14317 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14318 {
14319 struct bp_location *loc;
14320
14321 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14322 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14323 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14324 && addr + len > loc->address)
14325 {
14326 value_free (wp->val);
14327 wp->val = NULL;
14328 wp->val_valid = 0;
14329 }
14330 }
14331 }
14332}
14333
14334/* Use the last displayed codepoint's values, or nothing
14335 if they aren't valid. */
14336
14337struct symtabs_and_lines
14338decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int flags)
14339{
14340 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
14341
14342 if (string == 0)
14343 error (_("Empty line specification."));
14344 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
14345 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags,
14346 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
14347 get_last_displayed_line ());
14348 else
14349 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
14350 if (*string)
14351 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
14352 return sals;
14353}
14354
14355/* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14356 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14357 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14358 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14359 someday. */
14360
14361void *
14362deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14363 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14364{
14365 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14366
14367 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14368
14369 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14370 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14371
14372 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14373 {
14374 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14375 xfree (bp_tgt);
14376 return NULL;
14377 }
14378
14379 return bp_tgt;
14380}
14381
14382/* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14383 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14384
14385int
14386deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14387{
14388 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14389 int ret;
14390
14391 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14392 xfree (bp_tgt);
14393
14394 return ret;
14395}
14396
14397/* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14398 stepping. */
14399
14400static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14401static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14402
14403/* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14404
14405void
14406insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14407 struct address_space *aspace,
14408 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
14409{
14410 void **bpt_p;
14411
14412 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14413 {
14414 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14415 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14416 }
14417 else
14418 {
14419 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14420 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14421 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14422 }
14423
14424 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14425 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14426 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14427 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14428 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14429 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14430
14431 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14432 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14433 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14434 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14435}
14436
14437/* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14438 were inserted or not. */
14439
14440int
14441single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14442{
14443 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14444 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14445}
14446
14447/* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14448
14449void
14450remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14451{
14452 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14453
14454 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14455 call. */
14456 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14457 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14458 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14459 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14460
14461 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14462 {
14463 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14464 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14465 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14466 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14467 }
14468}
14469
14470/* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14471 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14472 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14473 exec. */
14474
14475void
14476cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14477{
14478 int i;
14479
14480 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14481 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14482 {
14483 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14484 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14485 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14486 }
14487}
14488
14489/* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14490 removing them. */
14491
14492static void
14493detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14494{
14495 int i;
14496
14497 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14498 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14499 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
14500 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14501}
14502
14503/* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14504 PC. */
14505
14506static int
14507single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
14508 CORE_ADDR pc)
14509{
14510 int i;
14511
14512 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14513 {
14514 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
14515 if (bp_tgt
14516 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
14517 bp_tgt->placed_address,
14518 aspace, pc))
14519 return 1;
14520 }
14521
14522 return 0;
14523}
14524
14525/* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14526 non-zero otherwise. */
14527static int
14528is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
14529{
14530 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
14531 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
14532 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
14533 return 1;
14534 else
14535 return 0;
14536}
14537
14538int
14539catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14540{
14541 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
14542 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14543
14544 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
14545}
14546
14547int
14548catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
14549{
14550 struct breakpoint *bp;
14551
14552 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14553 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
14554 {
14555 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
14556
14557 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
14558 {
14559 int i, iter;
14560 for (i = 0;
14561 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
14562 i++)
14563 if (syscall_number == iter)
14564 return 1;
14565 }
14566 else
14567 return 1;
14568 }
14569
14570 return 0;
14571}
14572
14573/* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14574static char **
14575catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
14576 char *text, char *word)
14577{
14578 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
14579 char **retlist
14580 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
14581
14582 xfree (list);
14583 return retlist;
14584}
14585
14586/* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14587
14588/* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14589static void
14590set_tracepoint_count (int num)
14591{
14592 tracepoint_count = num;
14593 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
14594}
14595
14596static void
14597trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14598{
14599 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14600 const char *arg_cp = arg;
14601
14602 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
14603 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
14604 else
14605 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14606
14607 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14608 arg,
14609 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
14610 0 /* tempflag */,
14611 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14612 0 /* Ignore count */,
14613 pending_break_support,
14614 ops,
14615 from_tty,
14616 1 /* enabled */,
14617 0 /* internal */, 0))
14618 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
14619}
14620
14621static void
14622ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14623{
14624 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14625 arg,
14626 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
14627 0 /* tempflag */,
14628 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14629 0 /* Ignore count */,
14630 pending_break_support,
14631 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14632 from_tty,
14633 1 /* enabled */,
14634 0 /* internal */, 0))
14635 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
14636}
14637
14638/* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14639
14640static void
14641strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14642{
14643 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14644
14645 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14646 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14647 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
14648 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14649 else
14650 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14651
14652 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14653 arg,
14654 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
14655 0 /* tempflag */,
14656 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14657 0 /* Ignore count */,
14658 pending_break_support,
14659 ops,
14660 from_tty,
14661 1 /* enabled */,
14662 0 /* internal */, 0))
14663 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
14664}
14665
14666/* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14667 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14668
14669static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
14670static int next_cmd;
14671
14672static char *
14673read_uploaded_action (void)
14674{
14675 char *rslt;
14676
14677 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
14678
14679 next_cmd++;
14680
14681 return rslt;
14682}
14683
14684/* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14685 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14686 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14687 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14688 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14689
14690struct tracepoint *
14691create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
14692{
14693 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
14694 struct tracepoint *tp;
14695
14696 if (utp->at_string)
14697 addr_str = utp->at_string;
14698 else
14699 {
14700 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14701 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14702 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14703 user. */
14704 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14705 "source location, using raw address"),
14706 utp->number);
14707 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
14708 addr_str = small_buf;
14709 }
14710
14711 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14712 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
14713 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14714 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14715 utp->number);
14716
14717 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14718 addr_str,
14719 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
14720 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14721 0 /* tempflag */,
14722 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
14723 0 /* Ignore count */,
14724 pending_break_support,
14725 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14726 0 /* from_tty */,
14727 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
14728 0 /* internal */,
14729 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
14730 return NULL;
14731
14732 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
14733
14734 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14735 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
14736 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
14737
14738 if (utp->pass > 0)
14739 {
14740 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->base.number);
14741
14742 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
14743 }
14744
14745 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14746 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14747 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14748 function. */
14749 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
14750 {
14751 struct command_line *cmd_list;
14752
14753 this_utp = utp;
14754 next_cmd = 0;
14755
14756 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
14757
14758 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
14759 }
14760 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
14761 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
14762 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14763 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14764 utp->number);
14765
14766 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14767 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
14768 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
14769
14770 return tp;
14771}
14772
14773/* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14774 omitted. */
14775
14776static void
14777tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
14778{
14779 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14780 int num_printed;
14781
14782 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
14783
14784 if (num_printed == 0)
14785 {
14786 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
14787 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
14788 else
14789 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
14790 }
14791
14792 default_collect_info ();
14793}
14794
14795/* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14796 Not supported by all targets. */
14797static void
14798enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14799{
14800 enable_command (args, from_tty);
14801}
14802
14803/* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14804 Not supported by all targets. */
14805static void
14806disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14807{
14808 disable_command (args, from_tty);
14809}
14810
14811/* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14812static void
14813delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14814{
14815 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14816
14817 dont_repeat ();
14818
14819 if (arg == 0)
14820 {
14821 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14822
14823 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14824 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14825 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14826 argument. */
14827 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14828 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14829 {
14830 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14831 break;
14832 }
14833
14834 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14835 if (!from_tty
14836 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14837 {
14838 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14839 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14840 delete_breakpoint (b);
14841 }
14842 }
14843 else
14844 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14845}
14846
14847/* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14848
14849static void
14850trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
14851{
14852 tp->pass_count = count;
14853 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp->base.number);
14854 if (from_tty)
14855 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14856 tp->base.number, count);
14857}
14858
14859/* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14860
14861 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14862 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14863 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14864
14865static void
14866trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14867{
14868 struct tracepoint *t1;
14869 unsigned int count;
14870
14871 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
14872 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14873 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14874
14875 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14876
14877 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
14878 args++;
14879
14880 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
14881 {
14882 struct breakpoint *b;
14883
14884 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14885 if (*args)
14886 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14887
14888 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14889 {
14890 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14891 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14892 }
14893 }
14894 else if (*args == '\0')
14895 {
14896 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
14897 if (t1)
14898 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14899 }
14900 else
14901 {
14902 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14903
14904 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14905 while (!state.finished)
14906 {
14907 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
14908 if (t1)
14909 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14910 }
14911 }
14912}
14913
14914struct tracepoint *
14915get_tracepoint (int num)
14916{
14917 struct breakpoint *t;
14918
14919 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
14920 if (t->number == num)
14921 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
14922
14923 return NULL;
14924}
14925
14926/* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14927 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14928 reconnecting). */
14929
14930struct tracepoint *
14931get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
14932{
14933 struct breakpoint *b;
14934
14935 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14936 {
14937 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14938
14939 if (t->number_on_target == num)
14940 return t;
14941 }
14942
14943 return NULL;
14944}
14945
14946/* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14947 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14948 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
14949 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14950struct tracepoint *
14951get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
14952 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
14953 int optional_p)
14954{
14955 extern int tracepoint_count;
14956 struct breakpoint *t;
14957 int tpnum;
14958 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
14959
14960 if (state)
14961 {
14962 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
14963 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
14964 }
14965 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
14966 {
14967 if (optional_p)
14968 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
14969 else
14970 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
14971 }
14972 else
14973 tpnum = get_number (arg);
14974
14975 if (tpnum <= 0)
14976 {
14977 if (instring && *instring)
14978 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14979 instring);
14980 else
14981 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
14982 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
14983 return NULL;
14984 }
14985
14986 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
14987 if (t->number == tpnum)
14988 {
14989 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
14990 }
14991
14992 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
14993 return NULL;
14994}
14995
14996void
14997print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
14998{
14999 if (b->thread != -1)
15000 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15001
15002 if (b->task != 0)
15003 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15004
15005 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15006}
15007
15008/* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15009 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15010 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15011 non-zero. */
15012
15013static void
15014save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15015 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15016{
15017 struct breakpoint *tp;
15018 int any = 0;
15019 char *pathname;
15020 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15021 struct ui_file *fp;
15022 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15023
15024 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15025 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15026
15027 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15028 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15029 {
15030 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15031 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15032 continue;
15033
15034 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15035 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15036 continue;
15037
15038 any = 1;
15039
15040 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15041 {
15042 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15043
15044 /* We can stop searching. */
15045 break;
15046 }
15047 }
15048
15049 if (!any)
15050 {
15051 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15052 return;
15053 }
15054
15055 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15056 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15057 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15058 if (!fp)
15059 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15060 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15061 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15062
15063 if (extra_trace_bits)
15064 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15065
15066 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15067 {
15068 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15069 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15070 continue;
15071
15072 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15073 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15074 continue;
15075
15076 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15077
15078 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15079 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15080 instead. */
15081
15082 if (tp->cond_string)
15083 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15084
15085 if (tp->ignore_count)
15086 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15087
15088 if (tp->commands)
15089 {
15090 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15091
15092 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15093
15094 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15095 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15096 {
15097 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15098 }
15099 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15100
15101 if (ex.reason < 0)
15102 throw_exception (ex);
15103
15104 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15105 }
15106
15107 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15108 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15109
15110 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15111 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15112 special, and not user visible. */
15113 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15114 {
15115 struct bp_location *loc;
15116 int n = 1;
15117
15118 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15119 if (!loc->enabled)
15120 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15121 }
15122 }
15123
15124 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15125 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15126
15127 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15128 if (from_tty)
15129 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15130}
15131
15132/* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15133
15134static void
15135save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15136{
15137 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15138}
15139
15140/* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15141
15142static void
15143save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15144{
15145 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15146}
15147
15148/* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15149
15150VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15151all_tracepoints (void)
15152{
15153 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15154 struct breakpoint *tp;
15155
15156 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15157 {
15158 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15159 }
15160
15161 return tp_vec;
15162}
15163
15164\f
15165/* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15166 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15167 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15168 command. */
15169#define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15170command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15171LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15172If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15173If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15174If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15175With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15176stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15177\n\
15178THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15179CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15180\n\
15181Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15182conditions are different.\n\
15183\n\
15184Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15185
15186/* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15187static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15188
15189/* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15190static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15191
15192void
15193add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15194 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15195 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15196 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15197 char *text, char *word),
15198 void *user_data_catch,
15199 void *user_data_tcatch)
15200{
15201 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15202
15203 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15204 &catch_cmdlist);
15205 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15206 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15207 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15208
15209 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15210 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15211 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15212 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15213 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15214}
15215
15216static void
15217clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15218{
15219 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15220 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15221
15222 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15223 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15224 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15225}
15226
15227static void
15228save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15229{
15230 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15231 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15232 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15233}
15234
15235struct breakpoint *
15236iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15237 void *data)
15238{
15239 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15240
15241 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15242 {
15243 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15244 return b;
15245 }
15246
15247 return NULL;
15248}
15249
15250/* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15251 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15252
15253static int
15254is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15255{
15256 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15257 non-inline function. */
15258 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15259 return 1;
15260
15261 return 0;
15262}
15263
15264/* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15265 have been inlined. */
15266
15267int
15268pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15269 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15270{
15271 struct breakpoint *b;
15272 struct bp_location *bl;
15273
15274 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15275 {
15276 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15277 continue;
15278
15279 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15280 {
15281 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15282 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15283 return 1;
15284 }
15285 }
15286
15287 return 0;
15288}
15289
15290void
15291initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15292{
15293 static int initialized = 0;
15294
15295 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15296
15297 if (initialized)
15298 return;
15299 initialized = 1;
15300
15301 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15302 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15303 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15304 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15305 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15306 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15307 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15308 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15309 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15310 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15311 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15312 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15313
15314 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15315 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15316 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15317 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15318 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15319 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15320 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15321 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15322
15323 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15324 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15325 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15326 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15327 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15328 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15329 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15330 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15331 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15332 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15333
15334 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15335 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15336 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15337 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15338 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15339 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15340 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15341
15342 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15343 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15344 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15345 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15346 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15347 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15348 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15349
15350 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15351 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15352 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15353 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15354 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15355 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15356 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15357
15358 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15359 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
15360 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15361 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
15362 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
15363 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
15364 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
15365
15366 /* Watchpoints. */
15367 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15368 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15369 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15370 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15371 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15372 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15373 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15374 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15375 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15376 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15377 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15378 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15379 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15380
15381 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15382 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15383 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15384 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15385 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15386 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15387 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15388 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15389 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15390 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15391 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15392
15393 /* Tracepoints. */
15394 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15395 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15396 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15397 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15398 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15399 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15400 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15401 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15402 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15403 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15404
15405 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15406 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15407 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15408 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15409 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15410
15411 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15412 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15413 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15414 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15415 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15416 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15417
15418 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15419 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15420 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15421 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15422 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15423 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15424 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15425 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15426 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15427 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15428
15429 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15430 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15431 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15432 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15433 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15434 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15435 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15436 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15437 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15438 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15439
15440 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15441 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15442 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15443 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15444 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15445 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15446 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15447 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15448 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15449 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15450 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15451
15452 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15453 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15454 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15455 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15456 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15457 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15458 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15459 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15460 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15461 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15462 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15463
15464 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15465 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15466 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15467 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15468 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15469 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15470 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15471 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15472 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15473 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15474 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15475 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15476
15477 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15478 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15479 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15480 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15481 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15482 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15483 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15484}
15485
15486void
15487_initialize_breakpoint (void)
15488{
15489 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15490
15491 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15492
15493 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15494 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
15495 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15496
15497 breakpoint_objfile_key
15498 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
15499
15500 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15501 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
15502
15503 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15504 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15505 before a breakpoint is set. */
15506 breakpoint_count = 0;
15507
15508 tracepoint_count = 0;
15509
15510 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15511Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15512Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15513 if (xdb_commands)
15514 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
15515
15516 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15517Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15518Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15519With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15520The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15521Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15522Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15523then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15524
15525 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15526Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15527Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15528expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15529
15530 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15531Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15532Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15533so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15534by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15535\n"
15536BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15537 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15538
15539 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15540Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15541Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15542some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15543\n"
15544BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15545 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15546
15547 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15548Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15549Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15550so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15551\n"
15552BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15553 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15554
15555 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15556Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15557Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15558With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15559This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15560With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15561 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15562 if (xdb_commands)
15563 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15564Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15565Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15566With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15567This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15568With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
15569
15570 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15571
15572 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15573Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15574Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15575This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15576May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15577 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
15578
15579 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15580Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15581If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15582 &enablebreaklist);
15583
15584 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15585Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15586If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15587 &enablebreaklist);
15588
15589 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15590Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15591If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15592the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15593 &enablebreaklist);
15594
15595 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15596Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15597If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15598 &enablelist);
15599
15600 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15601Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15602If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15603 &enablelist);
15604
15605 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15606Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15607If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15608the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15609 &enablelist);
15610
15611 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15612Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15613Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15614To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15615A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15616 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15617 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15618 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15619 if (xdb_commands)
15620 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15621Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15622Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15623To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15624A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
15625
15626 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
15627Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15628Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15629To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15630A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15631This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15632 &disablelist);
15633
15634 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
15635Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15636Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15637To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15638\n\
15639Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15640The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15641 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
15642 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15643 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15644 if (xdb_commands)
15645 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
15646Delete some breakpoints.\n\
15647Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15648To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
15649
15650 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
15651Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15652Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15653To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15654This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15655 &deletelist);
15656
15657 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
15658Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
15659Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15660If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
15661If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
15662If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
15663\n\
15664With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15665is executing in.\n\
15666\n\
15667See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15668 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
15669
15670 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
15671Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
15672BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15673 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15674
15675 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
15676 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
15677 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
15678 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
15679
15680 if (xdb_commands)
15681 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
15682
15683 if (dbx_commands)
15684 {
15685 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
15686Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15687 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
15688 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
15689 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
15690 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
15691 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
15692 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
15693Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15694The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15695\tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15696\twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15697The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15698the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15699breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15700address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15701\n\
15702Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15703are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15704is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15705Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15706breakpoint set."));
15707 }
15708
15709 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
15710Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15711The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15712\tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15713\twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15714The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15715the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15716breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15717address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15718\n\
15719Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15720are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15721is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15722Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15723breakpoint set."));
15724
15725 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15726
15727 if (xdb_commands)
15728 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
15729Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15730The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15731\tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15732\twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15733The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15734the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15735breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15736address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15737\n\
15738Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15739are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15740is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15741Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15742breakpoint set."));
15743
15744 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
15745Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15746The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15747\tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15748\twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15749\tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15750\tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15751\tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15752\tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15753The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15754the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15755breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15756address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15757\n\
15758Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15759are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15760is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15761Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15762breakpoint set."),
15763 &maintenanceinfolist);
15764
15765 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
15766Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15767 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
15768 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15769
15770 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
15771Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15772 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
15773 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15774
15775 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
15776 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
15777Catch an exception, when caught."),
15778 catch_catch_command,
15779 NULL,
15780 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15781 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15782 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
15783Catch an exception, when thrown."),
15784 catch_throw_command,
15785 NULL,
15786 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15787 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15788 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15789 catch_fork_command_1,
15790 NULL,
15791 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
15792 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
15793 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15794 catch_fork_command_1,
15795 NULL,
15796 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
15797 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
15798 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15799 catch_exec_command_1,
15800 NULL,
15801 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15802 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15803 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15804Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15805If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15806 catch_load_command_1,
15807 NULL,
15808 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15809 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15810 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15811Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15812If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15813 catch_unload_command_1,
15814 NULL,
15815 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15816 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15817 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
15818Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
15819Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
15820are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
15821Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
15822(if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
15823 catch_syscall_command_1,
15824 catch_syscall_completer,
15825 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15826 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15827
15828 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
15829Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15830Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15831A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15832an expression changes.\n\
15833If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15834the memory to which it refers."));
15835 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15836
15837 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
15838Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15839Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15840A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15841an expression is read.\n\
15842If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15843the memory to which it refers."));
15844 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15845
15846 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
15847Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15848Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15849A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15850an expression is either read or written.\n\
15851If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15852the memory to which it refers."));
15853 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15854
15855 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
15856Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15857
15858 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15859 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15860 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
15861 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
15862Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15863Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15864If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15865such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15866created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15867hardware.)"),
15868 NULL,
15869 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
15870 &setlist, &showlist);
15871
15872 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
15873
15874 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15875
15876 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
15877Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
15878\n"
15879BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15880Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15881 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15882
15883 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
15884 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15885 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15886 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15887
15888 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
15889Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
15890\n"
15891BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15892Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15893 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15894
15895 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
15896Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
15897\n\
15898strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15899LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
15900or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
15901If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
15902for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
15903of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
15904at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
15905with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
15906the selected stack frame.\n\
15907Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15908This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15909tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15910by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15911\n\
15912CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15913\n\
15914Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15915conditions are different.\n\
15916\n\
15917Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15918Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15919 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15920
15921 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
15922Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15923Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15924last tracepoint set."));
15925
15926 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15927
15928 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
15929Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15930Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15931No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15932 &deletelist);
15933
15934 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
15935Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15936Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15937No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15938 &disablelist);
15939 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
15940
15941 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
15942Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15943Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15944No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15945 &enablelist);
15946 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
15947
15948 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
15949Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15950The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15951Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15952if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15953
15954 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
15955 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15956 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
15957 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15958
15959 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
15960Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15961This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15962catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15963session to restore them."),
15964 &save_cmdlist);
15965 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
15966
15967 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
15968Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15969Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15970 &save_cmdlist);
15971 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
15972
15973 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
15974 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
15975
15976 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
15977Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15978Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15979pending breakpoint behavior"),
15980 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
15981 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
15982 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
15983Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15984Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15985pending breakpoint behavior"),
15986 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
15987 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
15988
15989 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
15990 &pending_break_support, _("\
15991Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15992Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15993If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15994pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15995an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15996user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15997 NULL,
15998 show_pending_break_support,
15999 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16000 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16001
16002 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16003
16004 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16005 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16006Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16007Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16008If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16009breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16010a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16011 NULL,
16012 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16013 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16014 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16015
16016 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16017 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16018Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16019Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16020When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16021resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16022breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16023deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16024the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16025In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16026behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16027inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16028 NULL,
16029 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16030 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16031 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16032
16033 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16034 condition_evaluation_enums,
16035 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16036Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16037Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16038When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16039evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16040breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16041supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16042If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16043\"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16044be set to \"gdb\""),
16045 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16046 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16047 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16048 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16049
16050 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16051Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16052break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16053where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16054 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16055 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16056 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16057 or the start of the range\n\
16058 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16059 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16060 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16061\n\
16062The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16063an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16064range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16065
16066 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16067Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16068dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16069location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16070If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16071If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16072"));
16073 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16074
16075 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16076 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16077Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16078Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16079This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16080If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16081console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16082If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16083program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16084output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16085 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16086 &setlist, &showlist);
16087
16088 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16089 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16090 &dprintf_function, _("\
16091Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16092Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16093 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16094 &setlist, &showlist);
16095
16096 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16097 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16098 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16099Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16100Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16101 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16102 &setlist, &showlist);
16103
16104 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16105
16106 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16107}
This page took 0.096341 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.